Skip to main content

Full text of "French examination papers in miscellaneous grammar and idioms"

See other formats


LT.S««JL«JiBS3l!Be6Sl 


SCHOOL  BXAMINATION  SERIES 
EDITED  BY  A.M.  M.  STEDMAN  Af.A. 


FRENCH    EXA7^B|M|^  PAPERS 

MlSCELLANEOUS^ImMMAf^ 
AND     IDIOMS 

A .  M .  M .  STE  r )  M  A  N.  M  .  A . 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/frenchexaminatioOOsteduoft 


FRENCH    EXAMINATION    PAPERS 


STEDA\AN'S  SCHOOL  BOOKS 


Initia  Latina.     Tenth  Edition 

First  Latin  Lessons.    Eleventh  Edition 

First  Latin  Reader.     Seventh  Edition 

Selections  from  Cassar.     Third  Edition 

Selections  from  Livy.     Second  Edition 

Easy  Latin  Passages  for  Unseen.     Twelfth  Edition 

Exempla  Latina.     Fourth  Edition.     (With  Vocabulary) 

Easy  Latin  Exercises  on  the  R.L.P.     Key,  3s.  net. 

Latin  Compound  Sentence.     (With  Vocabulary,  2s.) 

Vocabulary  of  Latin  Idioms.     Fourth  Edition 

Notanda  Quaedam.     Fifth  Edition.    (With  Vocabulary,  2s.) 

Key,  2s.  net ..... 
Latin  Vocabularies.     Fifteenth  Edition 
Latin  Examination  Papers.      Thirteenth  Edition.      (Key 

6s.  net)  ...... 

Steps  to  Greek.     Third  Edition 

Shorter  Greek  Primer.     Second  Edition 

Easy  Greek  Passages  for  Unseen.    Fourth  Edition 

Greek  Vocabularies.     Fourth  Edition 

Greek  Testament  Selections.    Fourth  Edition 

Greek  Examination  Papers.      Ninth  Edition.      (Key,  6s 

net)  ...... 

Easy  Greek  Exercises.         .... 

Steps  to  French.     Eighth  Edition     . 

First  French  Lessons.     Eighth  Edition 

Easy  French  Passages  for  Unseen.      Sixth  Edition 

Easy  French  Exercises.      Fourth  Edition.      Key,  3s.  net 

French  Vocabularies.    Thirteenth  Edition 

French    Examination    Papers.         Fourteenth     Edition 

Key,  6s.  net)  ..... 

German  Examination  Papers.     Seventh  Edition.    (Key 

6s.  net)  ...... 

German  Vocabularies.  .... 

History  and  Geography  Examination  Papei  s  . 
General    Knowledge     Examination    Papers.        Sixth 

Edition  (revised  1907).     Key,  7s.  net 
English  History  Examination  Papers.    . 

The  Keys  are  issued  to  Teachers  only 


1  o 

2  O 

I  6 

I  o 

I  6 

I  6 

I  6 

I  6 

I  6 

I  6 

I     6 

1  6 

2  6 
I  o 
I  6 
I  6 

1  6 

2  6 

2    6 

2    o 

8 

I     o 

1  6 

I.  o 

2  6 

2    6 

1  6 

2  6 

2  6 
2    6 


JUNIOR    EXAMINATION    SERIES 

Edited  by  A.  M.  M.  STEDMAN,  M.A.     Fcap.  8vo,  is.  each 

Specimen  Papers  gratis 

Specimen  volumes  to  Headmasters,  6d.  each 

Latin  Grammar.   Key  3s.  6d.  net  Algebra 

French  Grammar.  Geography. 

Arithmetic.  English. 

Greek  Grammar.  German  Grammar. 

General  Information  (Key  3s.  6d.  net) 


Ssis^f 


r^  SCHOOL  EXAMINATION  SERIES 

Edited  by  A.  M.  M.  Stedman,  M.A. 


FRENCH  EXAMINATION  PAPERS 

IN 

MISCELLANEOUS   GRAMMAR  AND 
IDIOMS 


compiled  by 

A.    M.    M.    STEDMAN,    M.A. 

wadham  college,  oxon. 


FIFTEENTH    EDITION  , 


LONDON 

METHUEN   &   CO.,    36   ESSEX   STREET,   W.C. 

GEORGE  BELL  &  SONS,  PORTUGAL  STREET,  W.C. 


Originally  Published  by  Messrs 
First  Published  {Third  Edition) 

by  Messrs  Methuen  &>  Co. 
Fourth  Edition 
Fifth  Edition 
Sixth  Edition 
Seventh  Edition 
Eighth  Edition 
Ninth  Edition 
Tenth  Edition 
Eleventh  Edition 
Twelfth  Edition 
Thirteenth  Edition 
Fourteenth  Edition 
Fifteenth  Edition   . 


G.  Bell  «5r»  Sons 

October  i88g 
January  i8gi 
September  i8g2 
October  iSgj 
■  February  iSgs 
October  i8g6 
December  i8g7 
September  i8gQ 
January  igoi 
September  igo2 
February  igos 
October  igo6 
March        igog 


PREFACE. 

The  following  pages  have  been  prepared  with  a  view  of 
affording  boys  what  all  practical  teachers  must  have  found 
indispensable,  and  at  the  same  time  troublesome  to  collect 
— miscellaneous  questions  and  exercises  in  French  grammar 
and  idioms.  One  of  the  great  obstacles  to  a  thorough  study 
of  French  is  the  small  amount  of  time  which  can  be  allowed 
for  it,  and  most  teachers  have  no  doubt  found  that  by  the 
time  their  pupils  have  reached  the  end  of  the  grammar,  they 
have  forgotten  the  earlier  rules.  Constant  practice  is  thus 
necessary  to  keep  the  rules  and  idioms  fresh  in  the  mind  of 
the  learner,  and  such  practice  it  is  the  object  of  the  follow- 
ing papers  in  some  measure  to  provide.  They  cover  all  the 
grammar  usually  learnt,  embrace  the  commoner  idioms,  and 
contain  elementary  questions  on  philology — a  most  interest- 
ing and  important  branch  of  the  subject.  The  papers  are 
intended  to  form  part  of  the  ordinary  class  work,  and  may 
be  used  either  vivct  voce^  with  or  without  preparation,  or  as  a 
written  examination.  They  are  graduated  in  diflSculty,  and 
in  some  cases  the  questions  have  been  repeated — an  arran-ge- 
ment  to  which  few  will  be  disposed  to  object. 

The  papers  are  especially  designed  for  the  use  of  pupils 
preparing  for  the  Military  and  Local  Examinations  or  for 


vi  Preface, 

entrance  or  scholarships  at  the  Public  Schools,  and  many  o# 
the  questions  have  been  actually  set.  The  rest  are  modelled 
after  the  papers  given  at  such  examinations.  It  is  hoped 
that  they  may  form  a  useful  guide  to  the  more  important 
rules,  and  a  test  of  knowledge  and  progress. 

A.  M.  M.& 


This   new   edition   has   been   carefully   revised    by   Mr. 
A.  Voegelin  of  St.  Paul's  School. 


FRENCH   EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 

The  primary  parts  of  a  verb  are—the  infinitive,  the  two  participles, 
the  present  indicative,  the  past  definite. 


1.  What  do  you  mean  by  a  Romance  language?  Explain 
the  terms  langue  (Toil  and  langue  (Toe. 

2.  Give  the  plural  of — roi,  chameau,  mart^chal,  bail,  bal, 
aide-de-camp,  amiral ;  and  the  feminine  of — turc,  lion,  mou, 
beau,  expr^s,  coq,  chasseur,  lequel,  prince. 

3.  Write  out  the  present  indicative  of  recevoir,  future 
'ndicative  oiparler,  present  subjunctive  of  valoir^  and  future 
indicative  oinepas  s'en  aller. 

4.  Give  French  for — the  tenth  house  ;  Louis  the  Tenth  ; 
the  tenth  of  July,  1881  ;  the  house  which  you  have  taken; 
the  man  of  whom  you  speak ;  speak  to  her;  come  to  him: 
come  to  her  ;  give  her  to  me ;  do  not  give  her  to  me ;  my 
brother  and  his. 

5.  Translate — 

I.  My  brother's  wife  is  a  Frenchwoman, 
a.  Give  your  father  these  fine  apples. 

3.  Have  you  my  Greek  grammar  ?     I  have  not 

4.  This  palace  is  not  so  large  as  the  duke's. 

5.  He  is  much  better  than  he  was. 

6.  My  translation  is  long,  but  not  so  long  as  Charles's. 


P'rench  Examination  Papers. 


6.  Give  the  genders  of,  and  place  necessary  accents  on — 
armee,  Italie,  maitre,  eglise,  verite,  chateau,  riviere,  tete, 
fenetre. 

7.  Translate — 

1.  Mon  ami  m'^crit  que  son  pbre  va  mieux. 

2.  Combien  avez-vous  pay^  ce  papier? 

3.  On  dit  qu'il  y  avait  cinquante  mille  hommes  k  la 

revue. 

4.  Ce  gentilhomme  a  plus  de  soixante-dix  ans. 

8.  Give  a  list  of  relative  pronouns.  Do  the  French  omit 
the  relative  as  we  often  do?  Which  relative  pronoun  can 
never  be  used  interrogatively  ?     Is  the  /  of  qui  ever  elided  ? 


1.  Translate — it  rains;  next  Monday;  at  half-past  five 
o'clock  ;  twenty  minutes  to  six ;  this  day  week ;  he  has  just 
gone  out ;  July  ist,  1880 ;  tell  me  your  name ;  what  are  you 
doing  ?  we  must  go  to  bed. 

2.  "  The  circumflex  accent  generally  shows  the  loss  of  a 
letter."     Name  the  letter,  and  give  examples. 

3.  Give  the  plural  in  both  genders  of— celui-ci,  le  tien, 
nouveau,  mauvais,  p^cheur,  cher,  pareil,  r^pressif,  blanc, 
l^ger. 

4.  Write  in  full  the  past  definite  of— garder,  choisir, 
perdre,  tenir,  savoir,  voir. 

5.  Give  the  infinitive  and  participles  of — il  va,  ilveut,  je 
lus,  elle  mit,  il  pleut,  il  v^cut,  je  r^solus,  il  naquit,  il  crut. 

6.  Derive — peu,  tant,  avoir,  oui,  point,  rien. 


French  Examination  Papers, 


7.  When  do  the  French  omit  the  article  where  the  English 
use  it  ? 

t.  Translate— 

I.  Here  is  the  very  woman  I  saw  yesterday. 

a.  Whose  hat  is  that  ?  don't  give  it  him. 

3.  These  strawberries  are  better  than  I  thought. 

4.  How  beautiful  the  sky  is  !     Come  and  see. 

5.  Shakespeare  was  the  greatest  writer  of  his  age. 


m. 

1.  Give  the  past  participle  of — ouvrir,  partir,  peindre ; 
and  the  first  person  singular  of  the  present  subjunctive  of — 
prendre,  rire,  savoir,  and  pouvoir. 

2.  Translate — 

I.  Go  there,  and  bring  me  a  cake, 
a.  Will  you  have  some  bread?  No,  thank  you ;  I  do 
not  want  any. 

3.  He  is  a  doctor. 

4.  Whose  book  is  this  ?    It  is  not  mine. 

5.  Which  of  these  two  men  do  you  like  the  best  ? 

3.  Construct  five  sentences  containing  the  words — le9on, 
ami,  balle,  chien,  voyage. 

4.  Translate — va-t*en ;  quel  temps  fait-il  ?  midi  moins  un 
quart ;  tons  les  jours ;  avant-hier ;  d'aujourd'hui  en  huit ; 
je  suis  press^ ;  on  frappe  \  la  porte ;  qu'est-ce  qu'il  y  a  ? 
qiVest-ce  que  vous  avez  ? 

5.  Form  adverbs  from — doux,  lent,  aveugle,  fort,  vrai, 
heureux;  and  adjectives  from — ^jour,  an,  nombre,  esprit, 
tribut.     Accent — regie,  fete,  apres,  mere,  naitre. 


French  Examination  Papers, 


6.  Explain  the  origin  of  the  definite  article.  Give  some 
words  beginning  with  a  vowel  before  which  the  vowel  of  the 
article  remains. 

7.  Write  the  feminine  of — malin,  h^breu,  nul,  h6ros,  roi, 
empereur,  du,  chat,  ours. 

8.  Give  some  adjectives  which  have  two  masculine  forms, 
and  some  which  are  always  placed  before  the  substantive. 


IF. 

t.  Give  the  chief  rules  for  forming  the  plural  of  substan- 
tives in  French,  with  examples. 

2.  Translate — I  had  some  books;  I  had  not  some  books; 
I  have  not  any ;  I  have  nothing ;  this  house  is  well  built ; 
how  is  your  little  brother  ?  three  miles  from  here ;  what  are 
you  doing?  get  up;  I  saw  him ;  he  saw  me. 

3.  Compare  bon,  bien,  mauvais,  and  give  the  derivation 
of  their  comparatives  and  superlatives. 

4.  Translate — 

I.  This  room  is  twenty  feet  long, 
a.  Go  and  look  for  it. 

3.  Have  you  seen  your  brother  ?    I  have. 

4.  They  have  all  gone  away. 

5.  What  a  noise  !     I  have  a  headache. 

6.  Which  of  these  two  watches  is  yours  ?     This  one, 

5.  Give  the  primary  parts  of — dormir,  conclure,  s'asseoir, 
mourir,  faillir,  cueillir. 

6.  What  do  you  mean  by  efemi'e  and  e  ouverti 

7.  Write  the  feminine  of — dieu    ambassadeur,  collectif. 


French  Examination  Papers, 


What  is  the  difference  between — de  bonne  heure,  k  la  bonne 
heure  \  matin,  matinee  ? 

8.  Give  a  list  of  the  French  relative  pronouns.     Are  they 
all  invariable? 


1.  What  are  the  disjunctive  personal  pronouns,  and  when 
are  they  used  ?  Name  some  indefinite  pronouns.  To  which 
of  them  is  ne  always  joined  ? 

2.  Translate — much  money ;  some  money ;  more  bread ; 
how  much  cheese  ?  no  wealth ;  some  oranges ;  I  have  some ; 
I  have  given  you  some ;  let  us  go ;  let  us  rest ;  the  day 
after  to-morrow ;  there  is  no  one ;  at  six  o'clock ;  it  was  not 
you  j  here  I  am. 

3.  Write  the  cardinal  numbers  from  16  to  35,  and  the 
ordinals  from  i  to  10. 

4.  In  which  of  the  cardinals  do  you  sound  the  final  con- 
sonant ?  Give  some  other  words  in  which  the  final  consonant 
is  sounded. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  How  old  is  he  ?    He  is  twenty-nine 

2.  I  have  been  here  a  fortnight. 

3.  Let  us  honour  our  parents. 

4.  England  is  not  so  large  as  France. 

5.  Shall  we  have  butter  or  jam  ? 

6.  She  is  a  flatterer. 

6.  Give  the  present  subjunctive  (plural  only)  of— -con- 
struire,  disparaitre,  inscrire.  Write  the  feminine  of — tigre, 
maitre,  czar ;  and  the  plural  of^ — bal,  raal,  carnaval. 

7.  Translate — il    ne    pense   pas  k    cela;    donnez-le-lui 


French  Examination  Papers. 


quand  vous  la  verrez;  qu'a-t-il?  je  me  trouve  mal  \  rangez- 
vous ;  il  a  froid. 


1.  Write  in  French  the  names  of  as  many  pieces  of  fur- 
niture as  you  can  think  of. 

2.  What  is  the  difference  between — aucun,  certain, 
quelque  ;  chaque,  chacun  ;  tout  le  monde,  le  monde  entier , 
jour,  journ^e ;  oui,  oui ;  mur,  m^r. 

3.  Give  the  first  person  plural  of  each  compound  tense  of 
rendre;  and  the  primary  parts  of — ^recourir,  consentir, 
obtenir. 

4.  Write  out  the  cardinal  numbers  from  75  to  85, 

5.  Translate — 

1.  Cest  cela. 

2.  Je  me  l^verai  de  bonne  heure. 

3.  Ce  pecheur  a  p^ch^. 

4.  Je  n'ai  pas  faim. 

5.  Vous  avez  raison. 

6.  II  fait  beau. 

7.  Votre  grand'mbre  quel  Sge  a-t-elle  ? 

6.  Put  interrogatively — il  lui  a  demande  un  livre;  nous 
nous  en  allions. 

7.  Give  some  examples  of  the  use  of — quelque  chose, 
rien,  meme. 

8.  Translate — are  you  giving?  give  it  me;  do  not  give 
it  me ;  give  him  some ;  do  not  give  them  any ;  give  her  it ; 
when  will  you  see  him  ?  they  have  lost  it  all ;  send  him  the 
book  you  have ;  let  us  consent  to  it ;  I  have  complained  of  it; 
do  not  look  at  us. 


French  Examination  Papers. 


VII. 

1.  Compare — bien,  peu,  mal ;  and  show  by  examples  tlie 
difference  between  the  uses  of  tu  and  vous^  dont  and  duquel^ 
qtu  and  quoi^  que  and  qui. 

2.  Give  the  French  for — afternoon,  fortnight,  to  be  cold, 
to  be  afraid,  once,  twice,  Brussels,  Dover,  the  Rhine,  the 
Thames,  everywhere. 

3.  Give  the  definite  and  indefinite  articles,  and  translate — 
of  the  queen ;  to  the  kings  ;  to  the  pupil ;  of  the  mother. 
Give  a  list  of  demonstrative  and  possessive  pronouns. 

4.  How  do  you  form  adverbs  in  French?  Give 
examples. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  War  is  terrible,  even  to  the  victors. 

2.  I  see  them  every  day,  and  will  give  it  them. 

3.  I  must  go  to  London  this  week. 

4.  The  child  I  gave  the  book  to  is  here. 

5.  The  person  for  whom  I  work  has  gone  away. 

6.  My  name  is  Henry.     What  is  your  name  ? 

7.  Has  your  father  gone  out  ?     Not  yet. 

8.  It  is  grand  to  do  that. 

6.  Show  the  Latin  derivation  of  the  French  personal 
pronouns. 

7.  Give  the  primary  parts  of — plaindre,  reconnaitre,  d^- 
mettre  \  and  the  feminine  of— pretre,  abb^  ane,  m^chant. 
eux,  duquel,  g^ndreux,  veuf,  fermier. 


French  Examination  Papers, 


VIII. 

1.  Give  the  French  for — master,  pupil,  class,  pen,  nib, 
pencil,  quill  pen,  slate,  blotting  paper,  inkstand,  French 
grammar,  night,  morning. 

2.  Give  the  names  of  the  accents  in  French,  with  examples 
of  their  use.    When  do  you  use  the  cedilla  and  apostrophe  ? 

3.  Give  the  primary  parts  of — accompagner,  ^crire,  dor- 
mir,  mourir,  naitre,  boire. 

4.  Name  in  French  the  signs  of  punctuation.  What  do 
you  mean  by — tr^raa,  trait  d'union  ? 

5.  Construct  sentences  containing  the  words — ceci,  c'est, 
savoir,  connaitre. 

6.  Translate — 

r.  Answer  me,  William  •  it  is  your  turn. 

2.  No,  sir,  pardon  me ;  I  have  just  answered. 

3.  Stand  straight  and  look  at  me. 

4.  I  have  not  any  sisters,  but  several  cousins. 

5.  They  are  coming  out  of  the  theatre. 

6.  He  is  much  shorter  than  bis  father. 

7.  I  am  going  there. 

8.  He  was  not  long  in  going  to  sleep. 

7.  Explain  the  difference  between — nouveau,  neuf ;  com- 
bien,  comment  \  aussi,  si ;  temps,  fois  ;  percevoir,  aperce- 
voir ;  un  pot  de  lait,  un  pot  k  lait ;  venir  parler,  venir  de 
parler. 

IX. 

I.  Give  the  plural  of — cet  homme ;  celui-ci ;  mon  bon 
gargon  ;  une  mauvaise  le^on  j  un  grand  hvre ;  and  the  mascu- 
line of — defepderesse,  inventrice,  louve,  vache» 


French  Examination  Papers. 


2.  Write  in  full  the  past  definite  of  recevoir  and  of 
casser. 

3.  Give  the  first  person  singular  of  each  tense,  negatively 
and  interrogatively,  of  rompre. 

4.  Translate — will  you  praise?  I  should  have  finished; 
hast  thou  broken?  we  shall  have  received;  come;  go; 
praise  her ;  he  is  twenty-one ;  when  will  your  friends  return  ? 
we  have  a  few  books;  at  what  time  do  you  get  up?  at 
seven ;  I  have  a  toothache. 

5.  Translate — 

I.  Asseyez-vous,  je  vous  en  prie. 
a.  Au  re  voir,  portez-vous  bien. 

3.  Donnez  m'en,  s'il  vous  plait. 

4.  Je  suis  ici  depuis  plusieurs  jours. 

5.  J'en  suis  bien  fachd 

6.  Ecrivez-lui  pour  qu'elle  ne  soit  pas  inquibte. 

7.  J'ai  bien  chaud.     Vous  avez  raison. 

6.  Give  the  derivation  of  voici^  voiid;  and  translate — here 
are  some  dogs ;  there  is  a  lioness ;  there  you  are  ;  there  is  the 
book  you  are  reading. 

7.  Explain  the  use  of  qui,  que,  as  (i)  relative,  (2)  interro- 
gative pronouns. 

X. 

1.  Give  the  masculine  of— trompeuse,  bienveillante,  jolie, 
vive,  rousse,  grecque,  servante,  hotesse ;  and  form  adverbs 
from  any  two  of  these  words. 

2.  Give  the  plural  of— il,  elle,  lui,  toi,  moi ;  and  translate — 
here  you  are ;  it  is  I ;  do  you  see  him  ?  at  their  house. 

3.  Translate — I  see  you ;  you  will  wait ;  let  us  go ;  were 


lO  French  Examination  Papers, 

they  praising  ?  are  they  receiving  ?  I  might  lose ;  the  whole 
town ;  such  a  house ;  my  best  house  \  he  never  speaks ; 
page  401  j  how  many  pence r  you  are  wrong;  go  to  bed; 
George  I. 

4.  Give  in  the  singular  the  imperfect  indicative  and  sub- 
junctive of  etre^  and  in  the  plural  the  future  of  avoir  and 
voir. 

5.  When  does  the  past  participle,  used  with  avoir y  agree? 
Give  examples. 

6.  Translate — 

1.  Have  they  given  you  what  they  promised  you? 

No,  they  have  not. 

2.  Is  your  brother  well  ?   I  think  so,  thank  you. 

3.  You  make  a  mistake  there. 

4.  You  have  taken  the  wrong  book. 

5.  I  never  do  such  a  thing. 

7.  Construct  sentences  containing  the  words — pour,  \  ou, 
ou,  venir  de,  s'en  aller,  se  servir  de. 


XI. 

1.  How    do    you    ask    a    question   in   French?    Give 

examples. 

2.  Translate — do  I  not  give  ?  had  you  had  ?  Henry  the 
Seventh  ;  June  ist ;  my  brother's  watch  ;  the  sisters'  dresses ; 
believe  me ;  how  is  he  ?  look  for  it ;  she  is  at  home ;  three 
shillings  a  dozen  ;  who  is  there  ? — ^he. 

3.  From  what  parts  of  the  verb  do  you  form  the  imperfect 
indicative  and  subjunctive,  and  the  future  ?   When  is  the  / 


French  Examination  Papers,  1 1 

omitted  in  the  third  person  singular  present  indicative  of  the 
fourth  conjugation? 

4.  Write  the  feminine  of — complet,  jaloux,  sujet,  mineur, 
vengeur,  lion,  beau,  son,  sec,  prisonnier,  serviteur,  tous 
ces  hommes ;  and  the  plural  of — sacerdotal,  roux,  drapeau, 
va-t'en,  lui,  ce  travail,  un  joli  marquis.  Compare — grand, 
petit,  mauvais. 

5.  Write  in  full  the  present  indicative  of  venir^  and  give 
the  first  person  of  each  tense  of  aller,  recouvrir,  and  main- 
tenir. 

6.  Translate — 

1.  Everybody  says  the  same  thing. 

2.  I  will  do  this  for  you,  for  I  like  you  much. 

3.  Have  you  seen  it  ?    No,  I  have  not. 

4.  What  I  say  is  this. 

5.  He  earns  300  francs  a  month. 

6.  It  is  fine  this  evenings  is  it  not  ? 


xn. 

1.  Write    in    French    the    cardinal    numbers   fi-om    35 

to  45. 

2.  Give  the  masculine  of — fausse,  meilleure,  actrice,  ven- 
geresse,  fraiche,  flatteuse,  sceur,  marcheuse ;  and  the  femi- 
nine plural  of — contigu,  irr^gulier,  vieux,  lui-meme,  dan- 
seur. 

3.  Place  the  accents  on — pret,  depecher,  pres,  etait,  con- 
naitre,  benigne ;  and  give  the  gender  of — beurre,  bonheur, 
heure,  vertu. 


12  French  Examination  Papers, 


4.  Write  in  full  the  present  indicative  of  envoyer,  placer, 
ranger,  and  the  present  subjunctive  of  recevoir. 

5.  Translate — would  you  have  come?  I  shall  have 
said;  have  we  succeeded?  do  I  flatter  myself?  let  us  give 
it ;  do  not  do  it ;  he  has  more  than  I  j  here  we  are  ;  next 
time ;  several  times;  she  says  nothing  ;  my  best  pupil. 

6.  Give  the  primary  parts  of — mourir,  flatter,  aller,  croire, 
bouillir. 

7.  Translate — 

1.  What  are  you  looking  for?    I  want  my  pen. 

2.  I  know  nothing  of  it. 

3.  He  has  fought  bravely,  has  he  not  ? 

4.  I  have  only  three  sons. 

5.  Did  you  come  with  him  yesterday. 

6.  I  had  some  beefsteak  and  onions  yesterday. 


XIII. 

1.  Write  the  cardinal  numbers  from  five  to  fifteen ;  and 
give  the  French  for — Henry  I.,  George  II.,  December  23rd, 
August  I  St,  twenty-four,  1885,  eighty,  eighty-one. 

2.  Give  the  first  person  singular  of  each  tense  of  recevoir, 
and  the  first  person  plural  of  each  tense  of  finir  and  geler. 

3.  Give  the  feminine  of — long,  bon,  beau,  blanc,  bien- 
faiteur,  juif,  tous  mes  amis;  and  the  plural  of — cheval, 
cheveu,  fils,  fille,  un  monstre,  un  beau  pays. 

4.  Write  the  French  for — some  bread ;  some  books ;  I  have 
not  any  paper ;  I  had  enough  ink ;  some  fine  pictures ;  no 
wine ;   many  boys ;    as  many  boys ;    too  many  boys ;  last 


French  Examination  Papers.  13 

time ;  next  time ;  we  are  thirsty ;  I  have  never  seen  him ; 
three  shillings  a  dozen. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  You  have  worked  well. 

2.  How  old  are  you  ?    I  am  twelve. 

3.  Is  your  mother  here  ?    She  is. 

4.  Will  you  speak  to  me  ? 

5.  That  book  is  his ;  where  is  yours  ? 

6.  Give  me  the  ball.     I  haven't  it. 

7.  Do  not  give  them  their  paper. 

6.  Explain  the  difference  between  the  imperfect,  the  past 
definite,  and  the  perfect  (past  indefinite).  Translate — 
we  saw  him  yesterday  and  he  was  dying;  they  had  the 
book  I  wanted. 

7.  Give  a  list  of  the  regular  verbs  of  the  third  conjugation, 
and  write  the  past  participle,  feminine  and  masculine,  of 
devoir. 

XIV. 

1.  Is  Dont  parhz'vous  9  correct  ?  If  not,  show  the  mistake, 
and  give  an  example  of  donf  used  correctly. 

2.  With  what  Latin  conjugation  does  the  French  one  in 
'tr  correspond  ?  Are  there  any  exceptions  ?  Account  for 
the  termination  of  the  French  future,  -at. 

3.  When  do  you  use — ce,  ceci,  celui-ci,  quel,  lequel  ? 

4.  Write  out  the  singular  of  the  indicative  compound 
tenses  of  rompre  interrogatively,  and  the  present  subjunc- 
tive in  full  of  'emouvoir. 

5.  Correct  the  mistakes  in — 

I.  Nous  avons  eus  de  la  pain. 


14  French  Examination  Papers, 

2.  Je  n'ai  pas  eu  du  ca,{6. 

3.  Je  donnerai  un  livre  k  vous 

4.  Comment  vieux  est-il  ? 

6.  Translate — 

I.  Has  your  father  my  book? 
9.  Give  us  our  books,  please. 

3.  It  is  fine  to-day,  is  it  not  ? 

4.  Which  of  these  pens  do  you  prefer? 

5.  Come  and  see  us  the  day  after  to-morrow,  if  yon 

can. 

7.  Translate — merci  du  livre;  je  me  suis  fait  faire  un 
habit  neuf ;  que  voulez-vous  dire ;  je  n'en  peux  plus  ;  je  n'en 
puis  mais ;  trois  heures  moins  un  quart ;  il  est  midi ;  quel 
dommage !  il  fait  froid ;  de  quoi  s'agit-il  ? 


XV. 

1.  Give  plural  of — celui-ci,  ma  soeur,  votre  enfant,  son 
ceil,  un  grand  homme,  cette  dame,  ce  canal,  il  va,  quelqu'un, 
chez  moi. 

2.  Write  feminine  of^un  beau  paysan,  mon  cher  ami, 
net,  blanc,  ancien,  vif,  lequel,  tous  ceux,  le  fils  favori, 
dpoux. 

3.  Give  in  full — 

Imperfect  indicative  of  finir. 
Present  indicative  of  recevoir. 
Present  subjunctive  of  ne  pas  donner. 

4.  Translate — we  shall  have ;  we  shall  have  had :  do 
not  speak ;  they  have  not  spoken  ;  she  will  not  have  spoken ; 
she  will  have  come ;  some  large  houses ;  what  are  you  doing? 


French  Examination  Papers,  15 

so  much  the  better;  what's  the  matter?  I  have  just  seen 
him ;  make  haste ;  enough  money. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  No  one  knows  where  I  am. 

2.  If  I  hear  from  you,  I  will  come  next  week. 

3.  He  has  more  courage  than  prudence. 

4.  The  more  I  see  him,  the  more  I  love  him. 

5.  We  came  out  of  the  house  with  tears  in  our  eyes. 

6.  You  are  forbidden  to  do  this. 

7.  I  will  prevent  your  going  there. 

6.  Give  the  meaning  of  devoir^  followed  by  an  infinitive. 
Translate — il  a  dfi  parler.  Translate — "  I  would  do  it "  in 
two  ways.  When  are  "  can,"  "  could,"  translated  by  savoir, 
and  when  hy  pouvoirf 

7.  What  prepositions  are  required  after — enappeler ;  avoir 
besoin  j  faire  allusion ;  abonder  j  ob^ir ;  se  servir ;  ressembler  ? 


xn. 

1.  Translate — 

I.  I  came  to  see  your  sister,  but  I  have  not  found 

her  at  home. 
8.  Tell  her  that  I  hope  she  will  come  and  see  me  as 

soon  as  she  can. 

3.  Have  you  not  taken  some  of  my  books  ? 

4.  I  knew  him  many  years  ago. 

2.  Write  out  the  present  subjunctive  of  recevoir  and  6tre, 
and  the  future  indicative  of  avoir  and  s'en  aller.  Give  the 
past  and  present  participles  of— appeler,  avancer,  mourir, 
naltre,  concevoir,  fuir,  ronger,  vaincre,  suivre. 


1 6  French  Examination  Papers, 

3.  Give  the  masculine  of — longue,  vieille,  rousse,  blanche, 
amie,  grecque,  s^che,  paysanne,  grosse,  gentille,  dissoute ; 
and  the  plural  of — bleu,  fou,  tableau,  ^ventail,  neveu,  travail, 
cet  oiseau,  je  dois,  assieds-toi. 

4.  Translate — this  house ;  these  houses ;  three  hundred 
houses  ;  this  house  and  that  one ;  my  house  and  yours  ;  the 
houses  which  I  have  built ;  here  is  my  house ;  a  house  of 
mine ;  he  has  no  houses ;  how  much  did  you  pay  for  your 
house  ? 

5.  When  can  you  translate  **  would  "  by  vouloiri  When  is 
the  ou  of  vouloir  changed  to  eu? 

6.  How  do  you  explain  the  termination  s  of  the  French 
plural,  and  the  x  in  chevaux  i 


XVII. 

1.  Give  the  rule  for  forming  the  plural  of  nouns  in  -cU^ 
and  state  any  exceptions.  Give  the  plural  of — canif,  verrou, 
feu,  trou,  cadeau,  duquel,  c'est  toi. 

2.  Give  the  feminine  of — bref,  pareil,  long,  mignon,  chien, 
ouvrier,  italien,  jardinier,  duquel,  tiers,  gouverneur. 

3.  What  is  the  gender  of  substantives  in  -eur  1  Give  any 
exceptions,  and  quote  any  feminine  substantives  in  -/. 

4.  Give  a  rule  for  the  s  in  the  plural  of  cent  and  vingt. 
Translate — 65,  280,  3400,  i,  ^,  ^1:. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  If  you  go  away,  you  will  not  see  my  father. 

2.  Come  at  once ;  you  will  see  the  moon  rise. 

3.  We  cannot  skate ;  the  ice  is  too  rough. 

6.  Write  in  the  singular — the  future  of  Hre^  present  in- 


French  Examination  Papers,  17 

dicative  oifinir^  present  subjunctive  of  appeler ;  and  in  the 
plural — the  imperfect  indicative  and  subjunctive  of  recevoir^ 
present  indicative  oi  craindre,  dire^  hair. 

7.  Translate — she  will  not  speak ;  where  have  you  been  ? 
no  one  can  tell  me  where  he  is ;  I  fear  you  have  hurt  your- 
self; this  is  mine;  last  year;  too  many  dogs;  after  doing 
this  ;  he  is  afraid  ;  early. 

8.  Translate — nous  avons  tort;  au  revoir;  emportez  ce 
livre ;  \  I'heure  ;  tout  k  Theure ;  tous  les  deux  jours  ;  je  suis 
en  train  de  diner;  je  viens  de  diner;  de  quoi  s'agit-il? 
faute  de  mieux ;  k  bon  march^. 


XVIII. 

1.  Give  some  idiomatic  uses  of  the  verb  /^/r<f. 

2.  Translate — coup  de  grace  ;  coup  d'etat ;  coup  d'ceil 
cul  de  sac  ;  ddbut ;  meMe ;  qui  va  Ik  ?  raison  d'etre ;  un  je 
ne  sais  quoi ;  ici  on  parle   franQais ;  fete;  dos  k  dos. 

3.  Write  the  singular  of  the  present  indicative  of — mettre. 
joindre,  partir;  and  the  plural  present  subjunctive  of 
—paraltre,  lire,  valoir,  vouloir. 

4.  Give  the  feminine  of— boulanger,  mulet,  traitre,  liseur, 
enchanteur,  ant^rieur.  Can  you  give  any  substantives 
which  have  no  distinct  feminine  form  ? 

5.  Translate — 

1.  Here  is  the  picture  my  mother  spoke  to  you  about. 

2.  What  are  these  men  doing  ? 

3.  You  are  right,  William ;  there  is  nothing  pretty 

there. 

4.  He  speaks  better  than  he  writes. 

c 


1 8  French  Examination  Papers. 


5.  I  dare  not  go. 

6.  The  books  I  have  read  are  not  here. 

7.  They  will  speak  to  you  about  it, 

6.  What  auxiliary  is  used  with  reflexive  verbs  ?  What  is 
the  rule  for  the  agreement  of  the  past  participle  of  such 
verbs  ? 


XIX. 

1.  Translate — would  you  not  have  struck?  /,  strike 
him  !  what  are  you  saying  ?  what  did  you  do  ?  give 
them  to  him;  I  have  given  it  to  them;  had  they  any? 
keep  on  walking ;  all  right ;  it's  all  the  same ;  this  one  is 
not  yours ;  it  is  his  ;  weekly  ;  fortnightly ;  yearly. 

2.  Construct  four  sentences  containing  negative  adverbs. 

3.  How  do  you  form  the  degrees  of  comparison  in  French  ? 
Give  any  exceptions  you  know. 

4.  Translate — 

1.  Faites  monter  madame. 

2.  Par  exemple  !     C'est  trop  fort. 

3.  C'est  cela,  je  le  lui  ai  donne. 

4.  Que  faire  ?     Je  mourais  de  faira 

5.  II  s'agit  de  lui. 

6.  lis  y  arriveront  tot  ou  tard. 

7.  Faites  cela  sans  qu'il  vous  le  disc. 

8.  M^lez-vous  de  vos  affaires. 

5.  Give  the  French  for — by,  after,  before,  behind,  accord- 
ing to,  against,  since,  for,  why  ?  how  ?  when  ? 

6.  Give  the  first  person  of  each  tense  of  savoir;  and  the 
primary  parts  of — enjoindre,  interdire,  devoir,  rendormir 


French  Examination  Papers,  19 

7.  Give  some  impersonal  verbs  in  French.  What  is  their 
real  subject? 

8.  From  what  parts  of  the  verb  do  you  form  the  future  ? 
Give  some  exceptions. 

XX. 

1.  In  what  different  ways  can  you  translate  "people"  in 
French  ?     Give  examples. 

2.  Give  examples  of  the  use  of-— je,  me,  moi,  le,  leur,  lui. 

3.  How  do  you  form  the  feminine  of  adjectives  in  -el,  -et, 

-f,  -eur,  -er;  and  the  plural  of  substantives  in x,  -ail,  -eu  ? 

Give  examples. 

4.  Write  out  the  present  indicative  of — dire^  mettre^ 
nwudre ;  the  present  subjunctive  of  pouvoir ;  and  the  past 
definite  of  contenir. 

5.  Give  the  cardinals  from  5  to  10,  and  the  ordinals 
from  nth  to  i6th.  Give  the  rules  for  the  plural  of  vingt 
and  cent ;  and  translate — Charles  I.,  Charles  II.,  June  ist, 
July  25th,  94,102. 

6.  Give  any  particular  rules  applicable  to  verbs  of  the  first 
conjugation. 

7.  Translate — 

1.  Whose  is  that  house  ?    This  gentleman  told  me  it 

was  his. 

2.  We  must  get  up  early  to-morrow  morning, 

3.  Have  you  washed  ?     I  have. 

4.  I  have  just  finished  my  lesson. 

5.  The  field  is  eighty  feet  long. 

6.  That  is  his  garden ;  this  is  my  father's. 

8.  Give  English  of — C'est  selon;  un  coup  de  grice;  \ 


20  French  Examination  Pape7's, 

meilleur  march^;    si  fait;   oil  en  sommes-nous?  quest-ce 
que  vous  avez  ?  il  a  beau  dire. 


3DII. 

I.  Write  down  the  plural  of — un  doux  morceau ;  Toeilgris; 
ce  beau  monsieur ;  un  grand  journal ;  and  the  feminine  of 
^pais,  franc,  honnete,  celui-ci,  paysan,  roi,  ami,  juif. 
a.  Write  down — 

Third  person  singular  future  of — voir,  ^tre,  devoir, 

vouloir,  savoir. 
Both  participles  of — ^avoir,   connaitre,   mourir,    ac- 
qu^rir,  r^soudre,  seoir. 

3.  When  is  the  y  of  verbs  in  -_y^r  changed  into  /  ?  Give  any 
exceptions.  Write  the  first  person  plural  present  indicative 
of — corriger,  appuyer,  jeter,  placer. 

4.  Translate — 

I.  It  is  very  cold  to-day. 

a.  He  will  be  fifteen  to-morrow. 

3.  We  shall  have  to  leave  at  five  o'clock. 

4.  They  have  only  just  come  here. 

5.  You  speak  French  better  than  you  write  it. 

6.  Have  you  given  him  it?    I   do  not  think  he 

wants  it. 

7.  I  will  not  go  unless  you  go.     I  fear,  then,  that  I 

must  go. 

5.  Form  substantives  from — appeler,  servir,  revoir,  danser, 
vendre,  lier;  and  adverbs  from — prudent,  vdhdment,  lent, 
fort. 

6.  Give   the  gender    of — amour,   chose,   chateau,  rose. 


French  Examination  Papers,  21 

monde.  What  connection  has  French  gender  with  Latin 
gender  ? 

XXII. 

1.  Give  any  rules  which  apply  to  verbs  ending  in car, 

-eler,  -eter,  -oyer,  -ayer.  Name  the  irregular  verbs  of  the  first 
conjugation.  Give  the  infinitive  of — fallut,  meurt,  tins,  put, 
vis,  vainquit,  ^teint,  meut,  crois,  plus,  mimes,  craignirent, 
veuillez,  pussiez,  soyons. 

2.  Show  fi"om  what  Latin  forms  the  parts  of  itre  are 
derived. 

3.  Write  the  French  for — 3250;  1885;  the  eleventh; 
January  8th ;  Henry  VII. ;  Charles  I. ;  page  twenty-five ; 
chapter  eight ;  it  is  your  uncle ;  do  you  know  this  book  ?  do 
you  know  this  man?  to  be  hungry;  to  be  silent;  to  be 
worth. 

4.  Give  the  feminine  of — beau,  grec,  long,  net,  coi,  tiers, 
bas,  cru,  cr^e ;  and  the  plural  of — general,  verrou,  bail,  de'tail, 
vitrail.     Place  accents  on — etre,  soiree,  egal,  ecrit,  cote. 

5.  Give  English  of — Noel,  Paques,  salle-k-manger, 
chambre-k-coucher,  papier-k-lettre,  aprfes-midi,  papier  buvard. 

6.  Translate — 

1.  This  is  my  father's  seventy-first  birthday, 

2.  This  servant  has  a  good  character. 

3.  Will  you  kindly  return  the  book  1  lent  you  last 

week? 

4.  I  will  do  my  duty  at  any  cost 

5.  I  am  in  a  great  hurry. 

6.  They  are  laughing  at  us. 

7.  Construct  four  sentences  containing  relative  pronouns. 


22  French  Examination  Papers, 


XXIII. 

1.  Write  the  plural  of  the  present  indicative  of — dire, 
^crire,  envoyer,  faire ;  and  the  singular  of  the  present  sub- 
junctive of — lire,  rire,  mettre,  mourir. 

2.  What  parts  oifailliryfirir,  gesir^  are  used  ?  Give  in  full 
the  present  indicative  of  hair, 

3.  Translate — 

1.  I  have  a  headache,  and  Louis  has  broken  his  leg. 

2.  How  long  have  you  been  here? 

3.  It  is  a  very  fine  day,  to-day,  is  it  not? 

4.  I  have  given  you  all  the  money  I  have. 

5.  We  are  all  very  thirsty. 

6.  Is  it  this  or  that  ?     I  don't  know. 

4.  Correct  the  following — 

1.  Voici  le  plume  de  que  vous  avez  besoin. 

2.  lis  font  tel  un  bruit. 

3.  Homme  est  mortel. 

4.  Oil  sont  les  pommes  qui  j*ai  achet^  ? 

5.  II  a  plus  que  vingt  ans. 

5.  What  is  the  difference  between — un  homme  grand,  un 
grand  homme ;  une  fausse  clef,  une  clef  fausse  ;  la  dernibre 
semaine,  la  scmaine  demi^re ;  un  brave  homme,  un  homme 
brave. 

6.  Give  the  plural  of — un  m^chant  fils  ;  un  bel  homme ; 
mon  cher  ami;  aide-de-camp;  ton  ceil;  du  mien;  il  rend; 
une  femme» 


French  Exa7nination  Papers,  23 


XXIV. 

1.  What  tenses  are  derived  from  (i)  the  present  participle, 
(2)  present  infinitive,  and  (3)  present  indicative  ?  Give  ex- 
ceptions to  (i)  and  (3). 

2.  Derive — ane,  ^me,  car,  luire,  douter,  b^nin,froid,laisserj 
envahir. 

3.  Give  the  feminine  of — g^n^reux,  furtif,  glouton,  futur, 
grasset,  milanais,  formel,  auauel,  berger,  continu.  Derive 
adverbs  from — glorieux,  graduel,  ind^fini,  net. 

4.  What  construction  is  required  in  a  subordinate  sentence 
after — avoir  peur ;  empecher ;  le  seul ;  il  est  juste  ? 

5.  Give  the  primary  parts  of — abstraire,  convaincre,  re- 
vivre,  de'prendre,  ^quivaloir;  and  the  present  indicative  of  se 
servir. 

6.  When  are  en  and  y  used  as  personal  pronouns  ?  Give 
sentences  to  illustrate  the  use  of  leqtul  as  (i)  an  interroga- 
tive, (2)  a  relative  pronoun. 

7.  Translate — de  quoi  vous  melez-vous  ?  la  femme  dont 
vous  venez  de  voir  I'enfant ;  nous  allons  mal ;  je  suis 
majeur ;  je  me  chauffe ;  ils  m^disent  I'un  de  I'autre ;  il  agit 
en  pere. 

8.  Translate — you  are  very  late  ;  I  am  satisfied  with  it ; 
you  are  older  than  I  by  three  years ;  is  he  your  brother  ? 
is  it  your  brother?  what  I  do;  I  see  nobody;  enough 
money;  without  saying  anything;  three  times  a  week; 
Charles  VL 


24  French  Examination  Papers, 

XXV. 

1.  Write  the  plural  of — bateau,  genou,  noix,  temps,  trou, 
corail,  gouvernail,  vitrail,  del,  ceil ;  and  the  masculine  of — 
vendeuse,  pecheuse,  d^bitrice,  nette,  tante,  maitresse,  gouver- 
nante. 

2.  Write  all  the  parts  of — ouir,  choir,  ^choir,  now  in  use. 

3.  Give  the  primary  parts  of — l^guer,  faire,  vouloir,  mourir, 
offrir,  appartenir,  rendre,  falloir. 

4.  Construct  sentences  containing  the  words — besoin  de, 
lequel,  est-ce  que,  quoi,  se  souvenir,  se  servir. 

5.  Is  /7  nCa  donnk  des  jolts  tableaux  correct  ?    Give  your 
eason. 

6.  Tianslate — 

1.  He  has  given  it  to  me. 

2.  We  shall  send  them  the  fruit  you  gave  us. 

3.  He  has  good  parents. 

4.  You  have  magnificent  horses. 

5.  He  is  the  best  pupil  in  the  school,  because  he 

works  better  than  all  the  other  boys. 

6.  There  were  many  jewels  in  her  hair. 

7.  The  book  about  which  I  wrote  to  you  yesterday 

was  written  by  the  Bishop  of  Orleans. 

XXVI. 

1.  Give  the  feminine  of — fou,  vieux,  beau,  sot,  conqu^rant, 
le  bon  voisin,  le  jeune  jardinier,  ton  joli  petit  chien,  pair, 
druide ;  and  the  plural  of — travail,  ami,  joujou,  verrou,  fils. 

2.  Give  the  primary  parts  of — rendre,  percevoir,  punir, 
aller,  mettre,  voir,  prendre. 


I 


French  Examination  Paper's,  25 

3.  Form  adverbs  from — prudent,  precis,  lent,  bref ;  and 
give  six  conjunctions  with  their  meanings. 

4.  Write  in  French  the  Christian  names  of  ten  of  your 
friends,  and  the  names  of  six  animals. 

5.  Translate — 

I.  These  jewels  are  more  precious  than  those. 
a.  If  you  give  me  some  money,  I  will  write  what  you 
ask. 

3.  I  am  quite  satisfied  with  my  son. 

4.  I  love  my  brother,  and  am  proud  of  him. 

5.  I  have  seen  no  one  to-day ;  I   saw  everyone  at 

church  yesterday. 

6.  I  will  give  them  some  if  you  wish  it. 

6.  In  what  parts  of  the  verb  lever  do  you  place  a  grave 
ftccent  ? 

7.  Give  the  French  for — to  ask  for,  to  wish  for,  to  look 
for,  to  listen  to,  to  wait  for,  to  buy  for,  to  meet  with,  to  want, 
to  think  of,  to  pardon,  to  use. 


XXVII. 

1.  Give  the  dates  in  French  of  six  important  historical 
events. 

2.  Where  do  the  French  insert  the  pronoun  U  {la.  Us) 
where  we  omit  it?  Give  examples.  Where  a  verb  has 
several  subjects,  is  it  always  put  in  the  plural? 

3.  Translate — 72,  95,  106,  looi,  1584,  1885,  twenty- 
fourth,  ninety-ninth,  hundred  and  first,  thousand  and  tenth, 
half,  a  third,  a  fourth,  half  an  hour. 

4.  Write  the  second  person  plural  of  each  tense  of  avoir^ 


26  French  Examination  Papers. 

and  the  first  person  singular  future  of — voir,  envoyer,  con- 
qudrir,  pr^venir. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  Combien  de  livres  y  a-t-il  dans  cette  chambre? 

2.  J'aurai  huit  ans  demain. 

3.  L'ami  de  Charles  n'est-il  pas  aussi  votre  ami  ? 

4.  Vous  venez  juste  au  bon  moment ;  j'allais  sortir. 

5.  II  vient  de  sortir. 

6.  Qui  vous  fait  peur  ? 

7.  Jen'ai  que  deux  sous. 

6.  Give  French  for — much ;  too  much ;  very  much ;  not  at 
all  \  better  than  I ;  I  like  doing  this  ;  he  is  right ;  he  never 
speaks ;  a  brother  of  mine  \  leave  off;  keep  quiet ;  here  I 
am  ;  on  horseback  ;  on  foot 

7.  Translate — 

1.  He  is  a  Frenchman  ;  they  are  Spaniards. 

2.  This  is  not  my  book ;  I  have  lent  mine  to  the 

other  boy,  who  had  not  one. 

3.  What  a  lovely  day  it  is  ! 

4.  I  hear  your  brother  calling. 

5.  Here  are  the  books  which  I  bought  yesterday. 


XXVIII. 

1.  Give  the  past  participle  of — dire,  faire,  concevoir,  at- 
tendre,  venir,  lire,  croire ;  and  the  present  subjunctive  first 
person  of— devoir,  finir,  tenir,  rompre. 

2.  Give  the  feminine  of — ami,  intime,  nouveau,  roi,  negli- 
gent, mauvais,  bon;  leu*"  pfere  heureux;  un  dieu  vengeur, 


French  Examination  Papers.  27 

son  riche  parrain ;  and  the  masculine  of — actrice,  hotesse, 
n^gresse,  voyageuse,  portiere,  cantatrice. 

3.  Translate — some  cream;  no  bread;  at  our  house; 
myself;  it  is  we  ;  it  is  I ;  it  is  she;  is  it  I  ?  when  are  you 
going  ?  this  is  Charles* ;  we  must  wait  for  him ;  he  ought 
to  have  spoken. 

4.  Give  in  French  the  names  of  as  many  countries  in 
Europe  as  you  can  think  of 

5.  Translate — 

1.  To  whom  are  you  speaking? 

2.  I  shall  answer  your  letter  to-morrow. 

3.  This  is  prettier  than  that. 

4.  I  shall  give  them  their  inkstand,  and  you  their 

blotting  paper. 

5.  Please,  sir,  give  me  a  pencil.    I  gave  you  one  this 

evening. 

6.  Whom  are  you  seeking,  and  what  do  you  want  ? 

6.  To  which  Latin  conjugations  do  the  second  and  third 
in  French  answer? 

7.  Distinguish — abuser  and  to  abuse ;  les  spectacles  and 
the  spectacles  ;  la  note  and  the  note.  Translate — I  will  pay 
the  bill ;  I  paid  him  a  visit ;  I  paid  him  out. 


XXIX. 

1.  Place  the  accents  on — resister,  obeir,  paitre,  fiere; 
give  the  plural  of— genou,  clou,  ceil,  ^mail ;  and  the  feminine 
of— coq,  vendeur,  flatteur,  juif,  ^colier,  vert,  leur  maitre 
b^nin. 

2.  What  is  the   rule  concerning   the  plural  of  vingtf 


28  French  Examination  Papers, 

Translate — twenty-four,  eighty,  ninety-two,  twenty-one,  thirty- 
seven,  seventy-nine,  fourth,  eighty-nine. 

3.  Write  the  present  subjunctive  in  full  of— punir,  aller,  and 
avoir ;  and  give  the  primary  parts  of — relire,  d^faire,  rouvrir. 

4.  Translate — I  should  have  been  \  we  might  have  ;  you 
will  have  seen ;  let  him  have ;  let  us  go ;  you  were  at  our 
house  j  have  you  any  books  ?  I  have  read  some ;  so  much 
the  worse  \  on  purpose  \  it  is  windy  ;  here  we  are ;  several 
times. 

5.  What  tenses  do  you  form  from  the  present  participle? 
Give  some  exceptions  in  the  second  conjugation. 

6.  Translate— 

I.  Is  he  at  Paris  ?    Yes,  he  is  there. 
a.  Send   me  the  book  I  lent  you  the   day  before 
yesterday. 

3.  What  have  you  there  ?     My  pen  and  John's. 

4.  Have  you  some  wine  ?    No,  I  have  not 

5.  I  have  not  seen  him  to-day. 

6.  Is  he  ill  ?    He  is. 

7.  Is  she  ill?    She  is. 

8.  Are  you  the  women  ?    We  are: 

9.  Tell  me  what  he  said  to  you. 


XXX. 

1.  From  what  Latin  words  are  the  stems  of  aller  derived  ? 

2.  Write  in  full  the  present  indicative  oi  appeler  2ca6.  Jeter. 

3.  Write  in  French  the  days  of  the  month  from  August  ist 
to  August  20th. 


French  Examination  Papers,  29 

4.  Give  the  plural  of — le  bon  cheval,  le  joli  gar^on,  le 
corail  magnifique,  un  beau  tableau,  du  mien,  ce  mal.  Give 
the  feminine  of— ce  vieux  juif,  I'ambassadeur  anglais,  le 
grand  due,  p^cheur,  pecheur,  gouverneur. 

5.  Translate — we  were  coming  \  you  were  giving ;  let  us 
praise  him  ;  give  him  it ;  will  you  give  me  some  ?  to  whom 
did  you  write  ?  I  am  hungry  ;  we  are  thirsty  ;  what  I  see ; 
she  says  nothing ;  both  ;  neither ;  each  other. 

6.  Translate — 

1.  N'avez-vous  pas  trop  de  verres  ? 

2.  II  fait  froid,  n'est-ce  pas  ? 

3.  Je  suis  ici  depuis  six  jours. 

4.  Venez-vous  de  Londres  ?     Oui,  j'en  viens. 

5.  J'ai  mal  aux  yeux. 

6.  Je  viens  de  faire  mes  themes. 

7.  Give  the  termination  of  all  the  tenses  of  the  regular 
verbs  of  the  fourth  conjugation. 

8.  Translate— 

I.  Do  you  see  that  house  ?  Which  one  ? 
9.  Give   me    some    of    the   cherries    you    bought 
yesterday. 

3.  Virtue  is  a  precious  possession, 

4.  Have  you  never  been  to  London  ? 

5.  Here  are  some  flowers.     I  saw  you  picking  some. 


XXXI. 

1.  Give  in  full  the  present  indicative  of  apercevoir^  and 
the  conditional  of  aller. 

2,  Translate — the  whole  day;  first  of  September;  Mon- 


30  French  Examination  Papers, 

day  next ;  to-day  week ;  some  cheese ;  little  water ;  much 
wine ;  what  have  you  learnt  ?  whom  did  you  strike  ?  what 
are  you  thinking  of?  what  do  you  think  of  him  ? 

3.  What  is  the  place  of  the  adverb  and  the  adjective  in  a 
French  sentence  ?  Give  examples. 

4.  Give  the  feminine  of— frais,  turc,  frangais,  gentil,  las, 
le  h^ros  grec,  le  jeune  maitre ;  the  plural  of — cheval, 
cheveu,  fils,  noix,  loi,  saint,  gros,  avant-coureur,  garde-suisse, 
cure-dents. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  Have  you  a  headache? 

2.  Is  your  father  in  London  ?  Yes,  he  is  there. 

3.  I  have  waited  for  you  till  noon,  and  shall  wait  for 

you  till  midnight. 

4.  Will  you  think  of  me  when  I  am  gone  ? 

5.  Charles  has  arrived. 

6.  Kindly  shut  the  door,  and  keep  quiet. 

7.  What  I  wish,  you  wish. 

6.  Name  ten  French  conjunctions,  with  their  meanings. 

7.  Give  the  English  for — les  uns  les  autres ;  il  doit  aller ; 
11  faut  qu'il  aille  ;  cela  ira ;  k  quoi  bon  ?  un  coup  d'oeil ;  tant 
pis ;  ni  moi  non  plus ;  faire  bon  accueil ;  vous  avez  tort ; 
n'ayez  pas  peur. 

XXXII. 

1.  Give  a  list  of  the  relative  pronouns  in  French,  with 
examples  of  their  use. 

2.  Translate — you  must  go ;  I  shall  have  accompanied 
you ;  were  we  playing  ?  thou  hast  been  wounded ;  did  they 
do  it  ?  to  whom  does  this  belong  ?  nothing  has  been  done ; 


Frmch  Examination  Papers,  31 

I  like  neither ;  it  does  not  matter ;  instead  of  me ;  a  long 
time  ago ;  take  off  your  hat 

3.  Give  the  plural  of — men  ^Ibve,  men  vieux  cheval,  son 
beau  cadeau,  leur  meilleure  oeuvre,  la  jolie  soeur,  votre  ancien 
chateau,  de  Teau  douce,  le  corail  rouge. 

4.  Point  out  the  mistakes  in — 

1.  Nous  n'avons  pas  des  verrci 

2.  J'ob^is  mes  parents. 

3.  Etes-vous  travaillant? 

4.  Le  livre  j'aime  est  Ik. 

5.  Donnez-me  les. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  This  is  my  horse  ;  where  is  yours? 

2.  My  father  is  at  your  aunt's  house.     He  went  out 

at  half-past  eleven. 

3.  I  shall  do  it  in  spite  of  you. 

4.  This  gentleman  is  very  well  dressed. 

5.  You  must  write  to  your  sister. 

6.  Give  the  first  person  plural  imperfect  indicative  of — 
rire,  prier,  allier.  What  construction  is  required  with — 
emp^cher,  nier,  d^fendre,  craindre  ? 

7.  From  what  part  of  the  verb  do  you  form  the  conditional  ? 
Give  some  exceptional  forms. 

XXXIII. 

I.  Give  the  feminine  of— accusateur,  secret,  frais,  vengeur, 
ambigu,  passager,  caduc,  gras,  roux,  I'esclave  nbgre,  mon 
fidble  compagnon,  mon  neveu ;  the  plural  of — ^gal,  beau, 
ceil,  ciel,  lui-m$me,  tout,  filial,  trou,  hote  ;  and  form  adverbs 
from — ofticiel,  ofiensif,  orageux,  opportun,  sec. 


3  2  French  Examination  Papers, 


2.  What  is  the  place  of  the  adjective  in  a  French  sentence  ? 
Give  any  exceptions  you  may  know. 

3.  Translate — 

I.  Je  I'ai  fait  sans  y  penser. 
3.  Que  pensez-vous  de  moi  ? 

3.  Pensez  h.  moi. 

4.  Je  crois  que  oui. 

5.  Comment  s'appelle-t-il  ? 

6.  Quelle  heure  est-il  ? 

4.  From  what  parts  of  the  verb  would  you  form  the 
future,  imperfect  subjunctive,  and  imperative?  Give  any 
exceptional  forms  of  the  future  you  may  know. 

5.  Translate — it  is  a  week  ago ;  it  freezes ;  how  old  are 
you  ?  I  am  only  six ;  I  shall  get  up ;  had  we  not  gone  ? 
thank  you;  sit  down;  you  are  very  kind;  I  am  satisfied 
with  you;  come  with  me;  filled  with  water;  compare  it 
with  that;  nobody  is  here. 

XXXIV. 

1.  Give  examples  of  the  use  of  the  pronouns — ^je,  me, 
moi,  le,  leur,  en. 

2.  Translate — 

1.  Oil  serez-vous  aprbs-demain ? 

2.  Je  serai  chez  toi. 

3.  Je  I'espbre  bien. 

4.  Les  as-tu  cherch^s  ? 

3.  Give  the  names  of  the  compound  tenses  of  a  French 
verb ;  and  translate — I  should  have  seen,  had  you  gone  ? 

4.  Write  in  French  the  names  of  the  months. 


Prench  Examination  Papers.  33 

5.  Give  French  for — 300  fiancs ;  the  year  1520;  Henry 
VII.;  the  75th  regiment;  October  loth  ;  40  miles;  the 
Emperor  Charles  V. ;  94 ;  once  more ;  I  never  see  you ;  do 
you  think  he  will  come  ? 

6.  Translate — 

1.  We  have  had  fine  weather. 

2.  Who  is  speaking  ?     It  is  I. 

3.  I  have  been  to  London  four  times. 

4.  I  will  give  you  nothing. 

5.  They  spoke  very  loud. 

6.  People  do  not  do  that  in  France. 

7.  Parse — donnates,  iras,  mettant,  laissdes. 

8.  Give  the  plural  of — toi,  elle,  moi,  celui-lk,  celle-ci. 
What  is  the  difference  between  celui-ci  and  cect  i 

9.  What  preposition  generally  follows  adverbs  of  quan- 
tity ?    Give  two  examples. 


XXXV. 

T.  Give  some  examples  of  the  use  of  the  negative  in 
French  where  it  is  absent  in  English. 

2.  How  are  the  following  idioms  used  ? — allez  toujours  ; 
pas  de  quoi ;  qu'avez-vous  ?  k  la  bonne  heure ;  n'est-ce  pas  ? 
Give  the  French  for — it  is  well  worth  while ;  it's  all  the  same  ; 
it's  all  over  with  me ;  that's  not  the  question ;  it  is  dark. 

3.  Write  down  the  feminine  of  — doux,  fratemel,  beau,  fils. 
cheval,  dissous,  franc,  oblong,  votre  serviteur,  ce  chanteur; 
and  the  plural  of — ^journal,  ce,  lui.  What  is  the  gender  of — 
mer,  chair,  char,  couleur,  honneur  ?  Give  the  participles  of 
— dissoudre,  inclure,  reconnattre,  recoudre. 

D 


34  French  Exammatio7i  Papers, 

4.  Give  the  derivation   of — faillir,  choir,  falloir,  paitre, 
traire. 

5.  Translate — 

I.  Will  you  take  bread  or  cake  ?    Cake,  please. 
a.  Are  you  the  workman  they  spoke  of?    I  am. 

3.  I  have  just  come  from  the  country. 

4.  It  makes  one  tremble. 

5.  These  people  love  one  another. 

6.  She  entered  the  room  and  sat  down. 

7.  I  owe  that  man  25,000  francs. 

8.  Put  all  your  books  in  their  place. 

9.  I  could  not  reply  to  this  accusation. 


XXXVI. 

1.  Give  the  present  indicative  in  full  of — pouvoir  and 
naitre  ;  and  the  primary  parts  of — ddmentir,  devenir,  induire, 
confire. 

2.  Form  the  plural  of — ^bail,  chou,  b^tail,  travail,  loyal, 
beau  j  and  the  feminine  of — nouveau,  bref,  heureux,  cocher, 
jumeau,  vieux,  brunet,  bigot,  provocateur,  czar,  mulet,  vieil- 
lard.  Form  verbs  from — grand,  crayon  ;  and  abverbs  from 
— triste,  obscur,  impuni,  traitre,  gen  til,  poli. 

3.  Give  the  English  of  these  French  words — grief,  in- 
habit^, lecture,  plaisant,  sensible,  assistant. 

4.  Translate — 

1.  Have  you  had  a  good  game  of  football  ? 

2.  I  will  bring  you  some  oranges  there. 

3.  I  await  you  from  day  to  day. 


French  Examination  Papers,  35 

4-  I  have  been  in  England  a  fortnight. 

5.  Sorry  to  give  you  trouble.     Never  mind. 

6.  Will  you  have  a  glass  of  wine?    Thanks,  but  I 

have  not  a  wine-glass. 

7.  There  you  are  !    You  never  get  up  early.     Am  I 

late? 

5.  Parse — connues,  fassions,  allames,  joints,  dd,  cril,  cru. 

6.  On  which  syllable  of  a  French  word  is  the  accent  gene- 
rally placed  ?  In  which  of  the  following  do  you  pronounce 
the  final  consonant — tabac,  ceuf,  net,  oeufs,  tiers,  dernier? 


XXXVII. 

1.  Compose  four  French  sentences  containing  the  words 
— (i)  plutot,  (2)  plus  tot,  (3)  depuis,  (4)  dont. 

2.  Explain  the  uses  of  en  and  y — with  examples. 

3.  Give  the  first  person  singular  of  the  conditional  and 
imperfect  subjunctive  of — envoyer,  pourvoir,  pouvoir,  faire, 
nuire,  feindre,  poursuivre. 

4.  Write  the  feminine  of — beau,  mou,  doux,  neuf,  replet, 
muet,  cr^ateur,  monsieur,  vertueux ;  and  the  plural  of — fils, 
cet,  un  homme  instruit,  corail,  cheval,  c'est  moi.  Place  the 
accents  on — precis,  brievement,  bete  ;  and  form  verbs  from 
— moindre,  haut,  bas,  frais. 

5.  Compare — mal,  mauvais,  petit,  peu ;  and  translate — 
he  is  better ;  she  is  a  better  woman  ;  this  is  badly  done ;  he 
is  not  so  strong  as  you ;  little  I^tin  and  less  Greek. 

6.  Give  some  terminations  of  French  substantives  and 
state  the  gender  of — pluie,  occasion,  vice. 


36  French  Examination  Papers, 

7.  Give  in  French  the  population  of  London,  and  the  date 
of  your  birth. 

8.  Translate— 

1.  Je  suis  enrhumtf  depuis  deux  jours. 

2.  Nous  voilk  pr6ts. 

3.  J'ai  eu  mal  k  la  t6te  hier, 

4.  II  a  I'air  comme  il  faut. 

5.  Cela  m'est  ^gal. 

6.  On  ne  saurait  qu'y  faire. 
%.  Je  me  fais  comprendre. 

XXXVIII. 
I.  Translate — 

1.  Mon  jardin  vaut  plus  que  le  votre. 

2.  Mon  jardin  vaut  mieux  que  le  votre. 

3.  Depuis  quand  votre  p^re  est-il  parti? 

4.  Je  me  couche  \  dix  heures. 

5.  Votre  pbre  devra  aller  le  voir. 

a.  In  what  order  do  you  place  personal  pronouns  governed 
by  the  verb  ?    Give  examples. 

3.  Give  the  plural  of — madame,  gentilhomme,  chou-fleur, 
aieul,  cerceau,  garde-chasse ;  and  the  masculine  of^de- 
manderesse,  imp^ratrice,  b^iigne,  gouvernante,  vache,  louve, 
poule,  d^esse. 

4.  Give  the  French  for — I  want  you ;  take  your  hat  off; 
two  years  ago ;  he  does  not  care ;  take  care ;  I  am  warm ; 
my  house  and  yours ;  he  was  out ;  on  the  left ;  once  or 
twice ;  walk  on ;  a  fortnight  ago. 

5.  What  is  the  difference  between — avant,  devant ;  car, 
pour ;   en,  dans ;   \  a ;   ou,  oli ;    savoir,  connaitre ;   soir, 


French  Examination  Papers,  37 

soiree  ;  marier,  se  marier ;  venger,  se  venger ;  le  politique, 
la  politique? 

6.  Give  the  first  person,  negatively  and  interrogatively,  of 
each  indicative  tense  of — s'en  aller  ;  and  write  the  past  de- 
finite in  full  of — se  souvenir,  revoir,  boire,  vetir, 

7.  Translate — 

1.  We  have  come  from  our  uncle's. 

2.  He  died  in  Paris ;  she  died  in  Italy, 

3.  My  father  and  mother  are  here. 

4.  Everybody  loves  him. 

5.  Has  he  gone  out  ?     He  has. 

6.  Have  you  given  him  the  book  you  spoke  of  to 

me? 

7.  I  shall  have  to  be  at  the  station  at  five  minutes  to 

four.     Will  you  be  there  ? 


XXXIX. 

1.  Write  out  the  present  indicative  of— recevoir,  faire,and 
faillir.  Give  the  past  participles  of — conclure,  mettre,  mau- 
dire,  savoir ;  and  the  imperative  of — s'en  aller  and  dormir. 

2.  "  Grandmerit  is  etymologically  more  correct  i![i2,vi  grande- 
ment."     Explain  this. 

3.  Give  the  plural  of — ciel,  travail,  joujou,  arc-en-ciel,  I'un 
I'autre,  c'est  toi,  me  voilk;  the  feminine  of — blanc,  grec,  coi, 
ancien,  sen  tan  t,  gras,  roux,  traitre,  dominateur,  vieillot ;  and 
place  accents  on — etude,  expres,  bonte. 

4.  Write  the  French  for — 21;  loi;  looi;  some  cherries; 
many  books ;  enough  ink  ;  at  home ;  very  much ;  will  he  not 
go   away?  had  he   not  gone   away?   are  there  not  some 


38  French  Examination  Papers, 

books?  do  you   see  anyone?   this  is   cheap;   how  many 
times?  the  day  before  yesterday. 

5.  Compose  French  sentences  containing  the  words — vers, 
envers,  chez. 

6.  Translate — 

I.  I  am  going  to  take  a  walk. 
a.  I  have  only  two  brothers. 

3.  I  do  not  think  he  will  come  to-day, 

4.  Pardon  me.     It  does  not  matter. 

5.  You  must  learn  the  whole  lesson. 

6.  What  is  the  matter  with  you  ? 

7.  What  book  are  you  using  ?     I  have  just  finished 

my  Grammar. 


XL. 

1.  Give  the  derivation  of — k,  contre,  en,  entre,  outre,  par, 
pour,  sans,  sous,  sur,  vers,  dans,  chez,  voici. 

2.  Give  the  masculine  of — blanche,  caduque,  oisive,  sbche, 
fausse,  parleuse,  d^fenderesse,  sceur,  czarine,  jumelle,  dinde; 
the  plural  of — pied-k-terre,  garde-robe ;  and  place  accents  on 
— succes,  agreable,  temoin,  extreme,  aout. 

3.  Parse — vous  n'y  ^tes  pas. 

4.  Construct  in  French  three  sentences  concerning  the 
weather,  or  your  age,  or  your  health. 

5.  Write  the  plural  of  the  present  indicative  of — vaincre, 
envoyer,  croire,  vouloir ;  and  give  some  exceptional  forms  of 
the  present  subjunctive. 

6.  Translate — 

I.  I  shall  complain  of  it     Do  not  say  anything. 


French  Examination  Papers.  39 

2.  Do  not  prevent  me  doing  this. 

3.  They  are  laughing  at  us. 

4.  They  kicked  the  unfortunate  man,  and  boxed  his 

ears. 

5.  I  am  afraid  you  have  made  a  mistake. 

6.  You  must  send  me  five  hundred  francs  next  week, 

7.  I  always  use  a  dictionary  in  translating  French. 


XLI. 

1.  Give  the  feminine  of — dindon,  rieur,  canard,  fils, 
taureau,  neveu,  procureur ;  the  plural  of  loup-garou,  canal, 
mal;  form  adverbs  from — sage,  poli,  bon,  cher;  and  give 
the  gender  of — vapeur,  lune,  amour,  art. 

2.  Parse — assi^geaient,  ^mu,  mit ;  and  write  the  perfect 
and  conditional  of — savoir,  se  taire,  prendre. 

3.  From  what  cases  of  the  Latin  are  French  substantives 
derived  ?     Give  instances. 

4.  Translate — succ^der,  r^ussir,  en  vouloir  k,  se  moquer, 
se  tromper,  tenir  k,  d'abord,  k  pied,  quand  meme,  \  tatons, 
au  juste,  se  lever,  s'^lever,  en  pure  perte,  au  reste,  du  reste. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  What  is  the  time,  please  ?     It  has  struck  twelve. 

2.  They  are  knocking  at  the  door  \  open  it. 

3.  He  has  just  had  his  hair  cut 

4.  I  will  tell  you  all ;  I  have  forgotten  nothing 

5.  Do  you  remember  me?     Very  well. 

6.  My  sister  is  a  better  singer  than  yours. 

7.  Give  me  back  the  pencil  I  lent  you. 

6.  Explain  the  spelling  of  the  participle  in — 


40  French  Examination  Papers. 

1.  EUe  est  venue. 

2.  I.es  chevaux  que  j'ai  vus. 

3.  Ces  homines  nous  ont  servis. 

4.  Ces  livres  nous  ont  servi. 


XLII. 

1.  Translate — 

I.  J'entends  que  vous  m'ob^issiez. 
a.  II  tient  k  lui  que  cela  soit. 

3.  Je  me  trouve  mal.     Je  le  trouve  mat 

4.  J'ai  mauvaise  tete.     II  fait  a  sa  tete. 

2.  Give  the  singular  of — yeux,  bestiaux,  baux,  fils,  ravis- 
santes,  travaux ;  and  the  chief  rules  for  forming  the  plural  of 
substantives. 

3.  Parse — la  porte  dont  j'approchai. 

4.  Write  the  feminine  of — paysan,  serviteur,  complet,  net, 
malin,  sec,  oncle,  cheval,  mari,  parrain  ;  the  past  participles 
of — s'asseoir,  plaindre,  courir,  peindre ;  and  the  primary 
parts  of — vivre,  moudre,  fleurir,  couvrir. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  He  has  wounded  himself. 

2.  I  heard  her  sing  a  beautiful  song  yesterday. 

3.  I  am  very  cold.     Are  you  ?     It  is  a  cold  day. 

4.  Do  not  sit  down  there  until  I  tell  you. 

5.  He  say  a  thing  like  that !  impossible ! 

6.  Be  silent,  if  you  please. 

7.  The  man  is  less  poor  than  I  thought. 

6.  What  is  the  difference  between  a  defective  and  an 
irregular  verb?  Can  a  verb  be  defective  without  being 
irregular  ? 


French  Examination  Papers,  41 

7.  Translate — get  up ;  it  is  day ;  let  us  write  to  him ;  are 
you  warm ;  it  is  hot ;  you  are  wrong  \  do  lend  me  a  pen  \ 
come  what  may ;  read  on. 


XLIII. 

1.  Translate — here  is  the  house  we  live  in ;  I  expect  some- 
body ;  somebody  has  taken  my  umbrella  \  what  does  it 
mean  ?  this  day  last  week ;  how  much  do  you  want  ? 

2.  Give  the  French  for — vowel,  consonant,  mute,  subject, 
object,  neuter,  answer,  translate. 

3.  Write  in  full  the  present  indicative  of — vetir,  acqu^rir, 
Jeter ;  and  the  imperative  of — pouvoir,  pourvoir,  contredire. 

4.  Give  the  feminine  of — mari,  mouton,  follet,  prussien, 
fripon,  ^tonnant,  singulier,  lequel;  the  plural  of — reveille- 
matin,  abat-jour;  form  adverbs  from — profond,  grand, 
clair,  gentil,  and  "place  accents  on — seche,  mene,  cede, 
supreme. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  A  quoi  pensez-vous? 

2.  Vous  feriez  mieux  de  sortir. 

3.  En  avez-vous  pris  ? 

4.  Qu'est-ce  qu'il  a  ? 

5.  Tout  le  monde  est  sorti. 

6.  Cela  ne  se  fait  pas. 

6.  Parse — sers,  plaisante,  ouverte,  conduises. 

7.  Form  some  compound  substantives  with — aprb,  avant, 
arribre,  contre,  sans,  sous,  mi,  vice. 

8.  Translate — 

J.  You  can  buy  it  much  cheaper  elsewhe/e» 


42  French  Examination  Papers. 

2.  Rich  as  you  are,  you  cannot  afford  this  expense. 

3.  Shall  I  go  with  you  ?  As  you  please. 

4.  I  write  to  him  every  other  day. 

5.  You  are  looking  very  ill. 

6.  What  I  like  most  is  to  ride  on  horseback. 

7.  Do  you  know  what  we  must  do  ? 


XLIV. 

1.  Write  the  first  person  singular  and  plural  present  sub- 
junctive of — savoir,  sortir,  coudre,  boire,  commettre ;  and  of 
the  past  definite  of — cuire,  ^crire,  mouvoir. 

2.  Explain  the  difference  between  learned  and  popular 
Latin,  and  show  the  influence  of  the  latter  on  the  French 
language. 

3.  Give  the  plural  of — petit-pois,  chef-d'oeuvre,  lieu, 
monseigneur,  grand'mbre,  monsieur,  soupirail,  gouvernail; 
and  the  feminine  of — ours,  chr^tien,  frileux,  fugitif,  gardien, 
marin,  directeur,  vengeur. 

4.  Translate — au  contraire ;  au  fait ;  pis-aller ;  b^te-noire ; 
carte  blanche ;  ci-devant ;  k  meilleur  march^ ;  tant  soit  peu ; 
Ik-dessus ;  cela  ne  vous  sied  pas ;  j'ai  un  chez-moi ;  je  me 
chauffe ;  j'ai  bien  sommeil ;  j'ai  mal  aux  dents. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  I  know  nothing  about  it  except  what  I  have  been 

told. 

2.  I  have  known  the  general  well  for  a  long  time. 

3.  They   have   given   themselves   a   great    deal   of 

trouble. 

4.  I  have  made  him  read  the  book  several  times. 


French  Examination  Papers,  43 

5.  Bread  is  sold  cheap  to-day. 

6.  Put  on  your  hat. 

7.  I  cannot  walk.     He  cannot  read. 

6.  Give  the  French  for — mood,  conjugation,  tense, 
auxiliary,  participle,  comma,  full  stop,  semicolon,  colon, 
inverted  commas,  dictation,  reading,  translation,  parse. 


XLV. 

1.  Give  the  chief  rules  for  the  use  of  dest  and  il  est^  with 
examples. 

2.  Give  some  verbs  which  have  two  forms  for  the  past 
participle. 

3.  Translate  in  different  ways — I  may  do  it  j  I  cannot  do 
it ;  he  ought  to  be  here ;  I  will  come ;  you  would  have  it ; 
he  knows  it. 

4.  Correct  the  mistakes  in — 

1.  Pensez-vous  il  viendra? 

2.  Je  ne  vois  pas  personne. 

3.  Je  m'ai  eu  faire  un  habit  neuf. 

4.  Je  ne  sais  pas  votre  ami. 

5.  Translate — go  away ;  do  not  kill  him ;  let  us  hear 
him ;  it  is  mine ;  I  saw  them  both  ;  here  is  a  whip ;  you 
ought  to  have  gone ;  you  should  not  have  gone ;  they  may 
come  if  they  like  ;  the  man  who  is  speaking ;  the  books  we 
have  read;  what  are  you  thinking  about?  which  do  you 
prefer  ? 

6.  Translate — 

1.  J'entends  mon  pbre  qui  m'appelle. 

2,  II  a  bon  caractbre. 


44  French  Examination  Papers, 

3.  Cela  ne  se  peut  pas. 

4.  Tout  m'arrive  k  souhait. 

5.  Je  suis  au  d^sespoir. 

6.  A  qui  en  veut-il  ? 

7.  Oil  en  sommes-nous  ? 

7.  Parse — fuyons,  faites,  craint,  surviennent. 

8.  Derive — veille,  comme,  quand,  encore,  n^anmoins, 
reman,  coup,  guerre. 

XLVI. 

1.  Give  some  idiomatic  uses  of — vouloir,  savoir,  falloir, 
devoir. 

2.  Give  a  list  of  verbs  which  must  be  followed  by  a  pre- 
position in  French. 

3.  Translate — twenty  thousand  men;  fourteen  hundred 
and  ninety-two;  forwards;  up  stream;  do  I  give  four  or 
five  ?  twice  a  year  ;  he  is  called  John;  this  sells  for  a  penny ; 
in  any  case ;  sunset ;  on  the  left ;  never  mind  ;  leave  him 
alone;  what  I  think ;  hats  off! 

4.  Give  the  present  participle  of — dire,  dcrire,  finir, 
craindre,  naitre,  lire ;  and  the  present  subjunctive  of  oindre. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  Nous  craignons  qu'il  ne  fasse  cela. 

2.  Que  cette  femme  a  I'air  heureux. 

3.  Venez  que  je  vous  parle. 

4.  Je  ne  croirai  jamais  qu'il  revienne. 

5.  Croyez-vous  qu'il  pleut? 

6.  Croyez-vous  qu'il  pleuve  ? 

6.  Write  five  sentences  containing  the  words — se  porter, 
s'en  aller,  fois,  content 


French  Examination  Papers,  45 

7.  Translate — 

1.  Have  they  cut  your  hair? 

2.  He  gave  me  800  francs  out  of  the  2000  he  had 

received. 

3.  When  my  father  travelled  I  always  accompanied 

him. 

4.  He  will  come  as  soon  as  he  can. 

5.  I  fear  he  is  ill. 

6.  Look  at  that  house  :  my  grandfather  built  it 


XLVII. 

1.  Translate — next  week ;  June  i8th  ;  a  great  many  men  ; 
constantly;  gently;  there  you  go!  how  kind  of  you  !  whatia 
that  noise  about  ?  he  is  as  clever  as  you ;  as  for  you  ;  as  I 
came  along. 

2.  Give  the  plural  of — conseil,  noix,  coq-k-l'ane,  timbre- 
poste ;  and  the  feminine  of— chasseur,  voyageur,  d^biteur, 
menteur,  preux,  un  bel  homme. 

3.  Show  how  the  French  avoid  the  use  of  the  passive,  and 
give  two  examples. 

4.  Write  out  the  ordinals  from  nth  to  20th,  and  the 
cardinals  from  89  to  99. 

5.  Give  the  primary  parts  of — omettre,   poursuivre,  re 
valoir;  and  write  in  full  the  present  indicative  and  sub- 
junctive of — sourire. 

6.  Why  is  the  adverbial  termination  ^ment  added  to  the 
feminine  of  adjectives  ? 

7.  Translate — 

I.  Get  up,  you  lazy  fellow ;  it  is  day. 


46  French  Examination  Papers. 

2.  What  does  this  word  mean  ? 

3.  Are  these  the  ladies  you  alluded  to  just  now. 

4.  Go  upstairs  and  wash  your  hands. 

5.  Will  you  be  at  home  if  I  call  ? 

6.  You  are  late.     I  did  not  know  it  was  late. 

7.  They  will  open  the  doors  at  a  quarter  to  seven. 
8.  In  what  respects  are — contredire,  pourvoir,  pr^valoir, 

exceptional  ? 

XLVIII. 

1.  What  is  the  origin  of  the  crier's  cry — "  Oh  yes  "  ? 

2.  What  is  the  difference  between — ^b^nit,  b^ni ;  florissaiit, 
fleurissant ;  absous,  absolu ;  trois  mille,  trois  milles ;  eut, 
eftt ;  il  parait,  il  parait. 

3.  When  do  the  roots  of  coudre^  craindre^  become  cotis-, 
craign- 1 

4.  Translate — depuis  combien  de  temps  etes-vous  \  Paris? 
c'est  k  moi  de  faire  cela ;  oh  en  etes-vous  ?  je  sais  ce  qui  en 
est ;  je  n'en  suis  plus ;  j'en  suis  pour  mon  argent ;  s'il  en 
est ;  venez-vous  ?  c'est  que  nous  ne  pouvons  pas ;  vous  n'y 
etes  pas  ;  je  suis  k  vous  ;  en  paysan ;  k  coup  siir. 

5.  Translate — on  ne  donne  rien  pour  rien;  and  give  the 
etymology  of  rien. 

6.  Translate — 

1.  I  do  not  know  what  pen  you  have  taken. 

2.  What  I  say  to-day,  you  will  say  to-morrow. 

3.  I  understand  what  you  mean. 

4.  What  do  you  mean  ? 

5.  He  owns  he  is  wrong. 

6.  What  was  he  talking  about  ? 


Prefuk  £xammatio7t  Papers.  47 


7.  I  have  had  a  new  coat  made. 

8.  This  pudding  is  eaten  cold. 

9.  Let  us  do  this  before  dining. 

7.  Show  by  some  examples  how  the  French  translate  the 
English  passive  by  reflexive  verbs. 


XLIX. 

1.  Point  out  the  difference  between  the  use  of  the  imper- 
fect and  of  the  past  definite  in  French.     Give  examples. 

2.  Show  the  mistakes  in — 

1.  II  y  a  cinquante  gens  dans  le  theatre. 

2.  Beaucoup  de  peuple  dit  cela. 

3.  II  est  un  Frangais. 

4.  Pensez-vous  qu'il  arrivera? 

5.  Toutes  ces  gens-lk ;  tons  ces  bons  gens. 

3.  From  what  verbs  come — suis,  vit,  vis,  crois  ?  How  do 
you  explain  the  formation  of  the  future  of  ailer  and  envoyer. 
Derive  the  stems  of  alter. 

4.  Give  the  imperative,  negatively,  of^s'en  aller;  and 
the  second  person  plural  present  indicative  of — maudire, 
m^dire,  croire,  croitre,  absoudre. 

5.  Translate — Dieu  le  veuille !  comment  vous  trouvez- 
vous  ?  cela  va  sans  dire ;  servez-vous ;  on  sonne ;  vous  avez 
beau  faire ;  savoir-faire ;  voyons  !  je  n'y  tiens  plus ;  k  qui 
en  voulez-vous  ?  il  a  mauvaise  tete  ;  que  voulez-vous  dire  ? 
je  venais  parler  de  vous ;  je  venais  de  parler  de  vous ;  je 
venais  pour  parler  de  vous. 

6.  Construct  four  sentences  containing  demonstrative 
pronouns. 


48  Fre7uh  Examination  Papers. 

7.  Distinguish  according  to  gender  between — le  garde,  la 
garde ;  le  pendule,  la  pendule  \  le  vase,  la  vase ;  le  mode, 
la  mode. 

8.  Translate— 

1.  This  boy  is    well  brought  up;    he    obeys  his 

superiors. 

2.  Take  care  !  there  is  a  train  coming. 

3.  Do  lend  me  a  shilling;  I  have  nothing  to  buy 

food  with. 

4.  Will  you  go  out  ?  No,  thank  you ;  I  have  sprained 

my  leg. 

5.  I  cannot  help  it ;  I  did  all  I  could. 

6.  That  which  pleases  me,  does  not  please  you. 


1.  Give  the  French  for — back,  arm,  mouth,  face,  figure, 
foot,  nail,  finger,  hair,  eye,  nose.  Place  accents  on — etude, 
chere,  malgre,  mechant,  leve.  Derive  French  words  from — 
ibi,  versus,  contra,  in,  nocere.  Write  feminine  of — cheval, 
pointu,  l^ger,  mari^,  tiers. 

2.  Translate — We  live  in  Paris ;  does  she  come  from 
Rome  ?  they  have  travelled  in  Spain ;  I  sent  the  flowers 
you  asked  for;  we  had  better  wait;  have  you  sold  your 
house  ? 

3.  Translate — 

1.  II  fit  part  k  son  pbre  du  songe  qu'il  avait  fait. 

2.  La  villa  est  une  des  plus  d^licieuses  qui  se  puis- 

sent  voir. 

3.  A  la  bonne  heure  !  voilk  des  gens  raisonnables. 


French  Examination  Papers,  49 

4.  II  ne  s'en  ira  pas  sans  qu'on  le  mette  k  la  porte. 

4.  Explain  the  term — primary  parts ;  and  write  the  pri- 
mary parts  of — vivre,  s'asseoir,  mourir,  naitre,  tenir,  pleu- 
voir. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  I  am  going  for  a  drive;  come  with  me. 

2.  Each  one  to  his  taste. 

3.  A  friend  of  mine  went  to  London  yesterday  to 

play  a  game  of  cricket. 

4.  Never  mind ;  don't  mention  it ! 

5.  When  shall  we  finish  the  lesson  we  have  begun? 

6.  Write  five  adverbs  of  place,  five  of  time,  and  two  of 
quantity.     Give  some  compound  prepositions. 

7.  Give  some  examples  to  show  the  difference  iq  the 
meaning  of  savoir  and  connaiire. 


1.  When  do  you  use  the  subjunctive  in  French?  Give 
examples;  and  mention  some  conjunctions  which  must 
always  be  followed  by  the  subjunctive. 

2.  Give  examples  of  the  different  ways  in  which  you  can 
translate  "  with,"  "  in,"  "  on,"  *'  since,"  "  to,"  in  French. 

3.  Give  the  present  indicative  of — valoir,  vaincre,  prendre; 
and  all  the  tenses  of — il  pleut. 

4.  Translate — I  see  no  one ;  I  never  do :  I  hardly  see 
you ;  I  only  ask  a  penny ;  I  see  nothing ;  I  don't  work  at 
all ;  I  have  just  seen  your  father ;  he  was  out ;  look  out ! 
pay  attention ;  return  ticket. 

5.  Give  the  gender  of — fin,  hymne,  couleur,  labeur,  hon- 

E 


50  French  Exa7nination  Papers, 

neur,  voiture.  What  French  words  are  derived  from — asinus, 
anima,  melius,  focus. 
6.  Translate — 

1.  Half-a-guinea  is  not  worth  fourteen  francs  and  a 

half. 

2.  You  have  read  his  songs,  but  have  you  heard  them 

sung? 

3.  You  have  given  them  more  than  they  asked. 

4.  These  are  the  boys  I  told  you  of. 

5.  Do  not  go  out  until  I  return. 

6.  The  word  is  not  pronounced  so  in  Prussia. 

7.  When  did  you  come?     A  week  ago. 

8.  He  will  never  run  as  fast  as  you. 


ui. 

1.  Give  the  chief  rules  for  forming  the  feminine  of  French 
adjectives,  with  examples.  Give  the  plural  of— hotel  -  dieu, 
moulin-k-vent,  ce  detail. 

2.  Translate— how  are  you?  here  you  are;  there  is  a 
pen ;  where  have  you  been  ?  what  are  you  doing  ?  I  do  not 
like  him;  please;  it  is  foggy;  how  long  ago?  more  than 
you  ;  more  than  20  feet  high  ;  yours  truly. 

3.  Give  in  full  the  imperative,  negatively,  oi— avoir  and 
Hre.     How  do  you  supply  the  third  persons  ? 

4.  How  do  you  express  possession  in  French? 

5.  Translate — 

I.  I  have  not  yet  given  it  them. 

a.  How  do  you  like  Charles's  sister?    Not  at  all 

3.  We  must  all  obey  the  law. 


French  Examination  Papers.  5 1 

4.  Speak  louder,  and  tell  me  all  you  know. 

5.  These  are  my  houses ;  where  are  your  brother's  ? 

6.  We  were  in  Paris  on  the  12th  of  July. 

7.  What  is  mine  is  yours. 

8.  Where  is  the  man  we  saw  yesterday  ? 

6.  Form  adverbs  from — courageux,  hardi,  commun,  ob- 
scur;  and  adjectives  from — danger,  tromper,  monde,  mer, 
ombrage,  revolution. 

7.  Place  the  accents  on — ecole,  etranger,  betail,  proteger. 
Give  the  derivation  of — naif,  chambre,  celui,  chef,  chanter, 
chateau,  bont^,  b^nir,  cheveu,  cuire. 

8.  Translate — advienne  que  pourra ;  en  plein  jour ;  tant 
soit  peu;  j'en  suis  bien  aise ;  vogue  la  galbre ! 


LIII. 

1.  Give  some  examples  of  verbs  which,  followed  by  a 
preposition  in  English,  have  none  in  French. 

2.  Give,  with  examples,  the  chief  rules  for  forming  the 
plural  in  French  substantives. 

3.  Write  the  second  person  plural  of  each  tense  of — 
iapercevoir  and  prevoir^  and  the  first  person  singular  of 
each  tense  of  appekr. 

4.  Parse — donnerions,  revues,  attendirent,  finissons. 

5.  Derive  adverbs  from — exprbs,  immense,  poli,  gentil, 
impuni,  mou,  completj  and  verbs  from — chemin,  gros, 
maigre.  Place  the  right  accents  on — apotre,  pole,  college, 
regie,  epee. 

6.  Translate— 

I.  Does  he  love  you?    He  does. 


52  French  Examination  Papers, 

2.  He  has  a  headache,  and  stays  at  home. 

3.  Give  ihem  to  us ;  do  not  give  them  to  thera. 

4.  He  is  speaking  of  me  and  not  you. 

5.  We  have  all  had  some  tea. 

6.  How  is  your  child  ?     He  has  been  knocked  on 

the  head. 

7.  You  have  splendid  flowers  in  your  garden. 

7.  Give  some  words  in  which  final  r  and  c  are  sounded. 


LIV. 

1.  Distinguish  between — plaindre,  se  plaindre ;  venger,  se 
venger ;  faire  feu,  faire  le  feu ;  pr^s  de  vous,  auprbs  de  vous ; 
jeune,  je{ine;  bal,  balle;  mal,  malle;  p^cheur,  pecheur; 
venir  parler,  venir  de  parler,  venir  \  parler. 

2.  Write  in  French  the  names  of  the  days  of  the  week. 

3.  Give  a  list  of  the  pronouns  which  can  be  objects  of  the 
verb,  and  the  order  in  which  they  should  stand.  Translate — 
Strike  him,  go  away,  I  have  given  them  to  them,  give  them  me. 

4.  Write  out  the  present  indicative  of — se  reposer ;  and 
translate — I  have  washed;  he  has  sat  down;  it  is  getting 
late ;  bread  is  sold  cheap. 

5.  Give  some  verbs  which  require  the  preposition  «,  or 
the  preposition  d^. 

6.  Point  out  the  mistakes  in  the  following — 

1.  L'enfant  qui  j'aime. 

2.  Ce  montre  est  k  moi. 

3.  Savez-vous  ce  monsieur? 

4.  Je  n'ai  pas  rien. 

5.  II  a  mal  ^  ses  dents. 


French  Examination  Papers,  53 

7.  Write,  negatively  and  interrogatively,  the  indicative 
tenses  oi—ily  a. 

8.  Translate — act  for  me,  for  I  am  tired;  pay  for  this 
book ;  he  has  been  gone  for  two  hours ;  he  is  coming  for 
three  weeks  \  he  is  asking  for  you ;  for  a  child,  he  knows 
much ;  obey  my  orders ;  fond  of  riding ;  I  have  seen  no 
one ;  it  was  hot  yesterday. 


LV. 

1.  >^Tien  does  the  subject  follow  the  verb  in  French? 
Give  examples. 

2.  Write  some  sentences  to  show  the  use  of — est-ce  que 
and  tiest'ce  pas. 

3.  Translate — in  time;  a  long  time;  what  is  the  time? 
in  the  time  of  Cicero ;  three  times ;  at  your  time  of  life  ;  in 
a  little  time ;  at  the  same  time ;  in  the  day-time. 

4.  Write  the  feminine  of— caduc,  ant^rieur,  protecteur, 
aigu,  vendeur,  las,  indien,  fugitif ;  and  the  masculine  of — 
nouvelle,  brbve,  nette,  molle,  repressive. 

5.  Give  in  full  the  past  definite  of — appartenir,  naitre, 
faire;  the  present  subjunctive  of— faire  and  vouloir;  and 
write  the  primary  parts  of — extraire,  reprendre,  peindre. 

6.  Translate — 

1.  We  know  nothing  positive  about  it. 

2.  Have  you  not  heard  the  news?    they   say  the 

President  is  dead.     I  do  not  believe  it. 

3.  This  happened  on  February  23rd,  1856. 

4.  I  love  flowers ;  I  have  gathered  some. 

5.  I  do  not  think  they  will  come. 


54  French  Examination  Papers. 

6.  Is  your  cousin  in  that  room  ?   She  is. 

7.  20,000  men  were  killed  in  that  war. 

7.  What  is  the  difference  between — le  mousse,  la  mousse  \ 
le  mdmoiro,  la  m^moire ;  le  somme,  la  somme;  le  tour,  la 
tour ;  le  souris,  la  souris ;  largeur,  largesse ;  mer,  maire. 

8.  Can  you  give  any  words  in  which  final/,  r,  c^  p^  are  not 
sounded?   Is  there  any  rule  on  the  subject  ? 


LVI. 

1.  Give  rules  for  the  agreement  of  the  present  participle, 
with  examples. 

2.  In  what  different  ways  can  you  use  the  conjunction 
quei 

3.  Give  the  primary  parts  of— fuir,  mentir,  m^dire,  r^crire ; 
and  write  the  singular  of  the  imperfect  subjunctive  of— 
acqu^rir  and  parvenir. 

4.  Give  the  plural  of — caillou,  bateau,  nez,  clou,  rossignol, 
vantail,  sous-officier,  pince-nez,  chat-tigre,  vice-consul,  brutal, 
chemin-de-fer ;  and  the  masculine  of — cr^atrice,  n^gresse, 
vieille,  furieuse,  Gauloise,  gouvernante. 

5.  Translate — en  revanche;  mal k  propos ;  par  excellence ; 
nous  verrons ;  ci-git ;  manger  la  fortune ;  je  me  suis  mis  \ 
faire  cela ;  mettez  votre  pardessus ;  je  m'en  moque ;  au 
s^rieux ;  votre  pbre  me  revient ;  je  ne  saurais  faire  cela. 

6.  Translate-— 

1.  If  you  do  not  find  it  upon  the  table,  look  under. 

2.  They  flatter  each  other.     They  flatter  themselves. 

3.  Perhaps  he  will  not  read  it- 


French  Examination  Papers.  55 

4.  Do  you  think  he  is  right  ?    I  do  not  think  he  is 

right. 

5.  Each  one  has  said  his  lesson. 

6.  Are  you  the  friends  of  my  father?   We  are. 

7.  Pay  attention  to  what  I  say. 

8.  It  was  you  who  said  he  was  ilL 

9.  I  do  not  doubt  he  will  see  us. 

7.  Form  adverbs  from — prudent,  obligeant,  complet;  and 
adjectives  from — gloire,  bleu,  enfant.  Place  accents  on — 
hopital,  delices,  paitre,  role.  Give  gender  of— devoir,  neg- 
ligence, ex(§cution,  facility. 

8.  Give  French  for — exercise,  dictation,  tense,  mood, 
person,  plural,  singular,  to  use,  to  foiget,  to  teach,  to 
understand,  to  hear,  to  read  out. 


VJVL 

1.  Construct  sentences  containing  tbc  ^wds — en.  jr.  toi, 
d'autrcs,  ce  sent. 

2.  Give  the  feminine  of — spectateur,  prSt,  marquis, 
Chretien,  long,  taureau,  compagnon,  n^gociateur;  and  the 
plural  of— chou  flour,  hautbois,  passeport,  tire-bouchon, 
pieu,  amiral. 

3.  Explain,  with  examples,  the  uses  of  the  subjunctive  in 
French. 

4.  What  difference  is  there  between  the  use  of  en  and 
dansl    Give  examples. 

5.  Translate — je  m'en  moque ;  embarras  de  richesses; 
c'est  selon;  cela  me  passe;  codte  que  coOte;  comptez-y; 


56  French  Examination  Papers. 

cela  ne  va  pas ;  mieux  vaut  un  tiens  que  deux  tu  I'auras ;  je 
n'ai  pas  de  quoi  donner  j  on  frappe ;  gardez-vous  de  tomber. 

6.  Is  there  any  rule  to  guide  you  in  the  aspiration  of 
initial  h  ?    Give  some  examples. 

7.  What  is  the  difference  between — ^je  crains  qu'il  ne 
rdussisse  pas,  je  crains  qu'il  ne  reussisse ;  j'ai  des  petits-pois, 
j'ai  de  petits  pois;  savant,  sachant;  de  suite,  tout  de  suite; 
Strange,  Stranger;  nouveau,  neuf;  un  vieux  soldat,  un 
ancien  soldat 

8.  Translate — the  peoples  of  Europe  have  overthrown  the 
tyrant ;  the  people  are  opposed  to  the  nobles ;  how  many 
people  did  you  see  ?  there  were  many  people  at  the  theatre ; 
people  say  so. 

Lvin. 

1.  Write  the  French  for — school,  church,  mistress,  works, 
eyes,  negress,  knees,  sons,  voices. 

2.  Give  in  full  the  imperfect  indicative  of— devoir,  voir, 
and  finir ;  and  write  the  parts  of  ouir  now  in  use.  Are  any 
tenses  oiferir  found  ? 

3.  Write  the  present  and  past  participles  of— boir«,  croire, 
craindre,  peindre,  dire,  pouvoir. 

4.  Translate — I  am  well;  here  we  are;  here  is  some 
water  and  some  glasses ;  give  me  it ;  I  have  worked  badly ; 
am  I  not  idle?  yes,  you  are;  an  hour  and  an  half;  ^£'350; 
a  sixth;  six  times;  six  fold;  601 ;  it  was  they;  so  much  the 
better ;  they  hurt  each  other ;  they  hurt  themselves. 

5.  Translate — 

I.  The  earth  is  smaller  than  the  sun. 
a.  The  father  is  not  so  tall  as  the  son. 


French  Examination  Papers,  57 

3.  He  has  never  been  to  see  me. 

4.  I  see  some  one  coming.     Nonsense  I 

5.  Did  you  see  your  father  the  day  before  yesterday  ? 

6.  Construct  sentences  containing  the  words — premier, 
mille,  beaucoup,  venir  de,  se  servir  de. 

7.  In  which  of  the  following  words  is  /  pronounced — 
mille,  fille,  ville,  fils,  tranquille,  famille,  soleil? 


LDL 

1.  Give  the  possessive  and  demonstrative  adjectives  in 
French,  with  examples. 

2.  Form  substantives  from — ^vingt,  comte,  jardin,  encre, 
journal,  pauvre,  petit,  vendre.  Give  the  feminine  of — labo- 
rieux,  actif,  bienveillant,  naturel ;  and  the  plural  of — sous- 
gouverneur,  aveu,  intendant-g^n^ral. 

3.  Translate — wash  yourself;  we  should  have  learnt;  I 
was  giving;  we  were  eating;  have  you  any  stamps?  I  have 
been  waiting  more  than  an  hour ;  I  shall  go  away  at  eight ; 
kind  words;  an  old  soldier;  it  rained  during  the  night;  I 
came  by  rail ;  what's  the  matter  ? 

4.  What  is  the  difference  between — quand,  quant;  moi- 
meme,  meme  moi ;  d^s,  dfes,  des ;  k,  a ;  du,  dii ;  k  peine, 
avec  peine ;  valant,  vaillant ;  tarder,  attarder  ? 

5.  Write  the  plural  of  the  conditional  of — casser,  finir, 
percevoir,  rompre,  vouloir,  savoir. 

6.  Translate — 

I.  We  have  many  books  to  read,  but  we  do  not  read 

them. 
3.  He  has  spoken  much  to  me  about  his  profession. 


58  French  Examination  Papers. 

3.  You  would  have  succeeded  if  you  had  done  your 

duty. 

4.  Edward  II.  succeeded  Edward  I.,  who  died  in 

1307. 

5.  Is  your  father  at  home?    Yes,  he  has  just  come 

from  your  father's. 
6.  Tliat  book  is  yours ;  this  is  mine. 
7.  Run  quickly,  or  you  will  be  too  late. 

7.  Can  you  give  any  rules  for  the  pronunciation  of  final 
consonants  in  French  ? 

8.  Give  genders  of — caracibre,  pont,  pied,  main,  doigt, 
nuit 

LX. 

1.  Give  a  list  of  the  more  common  French  conjunctions, 
with  examples  of  their  use. 

2.  Write  in  full  the  imperfect  indicative  of  mourir^  the  past 
definite  of  s^asseoir^  and  the  present  subjunctive  of  savoir. 

3.  Translate — it  rains;  he  has  given  us;  much  bread; 
many  collars ;  several  handkerchiefs ;  half  a  cake  ;  nothing 
good ;  something  nice ;  this  has  been  said ;  you  will  sit  by 
my  side ;  it  is  not  worth  while ;  what  do  you  mean  ?  drive 
them  there ;  at  your  house ;  a  year  ago ;  yours  faithfully. 

4.  Parse — mise,  enverrnient,  vainquant,  primes. 

5.  Give  the  feminine  terminations  of  French  substantives ; 
and  the  gender  of — art,  dimancbe,  front,  bonte.  Place 
accents  on — theatre,  meme,  croute,  il  amene,  cote,  meler. 

6.  Translate — 

I.  However  clever  you  are,  you  are  deceived  by  that 
man. 


French  Examination  Papers,  59 

a.  I  have  broken  my  arm. 

3.  He  has  come  sooner  than  I  expected  him. 

4.  We  shall  walk  as  far  as  the  village. 

5.  You  ought  to  have  done  this. 

6.  She  came,  jumping  like  a  child. 

7.  Distinguish  between — to  illustrate  and  illustrer;  to 
profess  and  professer;  le  tuteur  and  the  tutor;  le  libraire. 
and  the  librarian ;  I'dtat  and  the  estate ;  hisser  and  to  hiss ; 
attendre  and  to  attend ;  traiteur  and  traitor. 


LXI. 

1.  What  is  the  construction  with — \  moins  que,  de  peur 
que  ?    Give  examples. 

2.  Give  a  list  of  indefinite  pronouns. 

3.  Give  examples  to  show  the  use  of — de  qui,  quoi, 
lequel. 

4.  Give  the  primary  parts  of — dormir,  falloir,  envoyer, 
mouvoir,  peindre,  offrir. 

5.  Give  four  irregular  formations  of  the  plural  of  substan- 
tives ;  and  form  the  feminine  of — rdgulier,  loup,  moddr^, 
liseur,  clandestin,  concis,  gradual,  conducteur,  fougueux, 
forestier. 

6.  Translate — 

1.  Do  you  not  understand  what  I  say  ? 

2.  I  had  not  asked  it  of  you. 

3.  We  are  quite  satisfied  with  you. 

4.  Why  do  you  not  learn  ?     Have  you  not  eyes  like 

the  others  ? 

5.  Of  all  women  she  is  the  happiest 


6o  French  Examination  Papers, 

6.  Do  you  remember  him  ? 

7.  I  will  do  neither  the  one  nor  the  other. 

7.  How  do  you  form  compound  substantives  in  French  ? 
Give  examples. 

8.  Can  you  explain  why  some  words  derived  from  Latin 
neuters  should  be  feminine  in  French  ? 

Derive — vaisseau,  poussi^re,  sang,  compagnon,  chaine. 


LXII. 

1.  Give  some  words  commencing  with  a  vowel,  before 
which  the  vowel  of  the  article  is  not  elided. 

2.  Write  in  full  the  present  indicative  of  appartenir  and 
mettre;  the  present  subjunctive  of  paraitre  and  dteindre; 
and  the  imperative  of — cueillir,  couvrir,  dissoudre. 

3.  Translate — mal  k  propos;  tout  de  suite;  tout  prbs; 
bien  entendu;  peu  k  peu ;  aplomb;  voilk  un  homme  comme 
il  faut ;  peu  s'en  faut ;  il  s'en  faut  de  beaucoup ;  Thomme 
qu'il  faut ;  tant  s'en  faut ;  on  veut  nous  mettre  dedans. 

4.  What  are  the  affirmative  adverbs  ?  Give  examples  of 
their  use. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  I  will  carry  them  to  you  there. 

2.  Every  citizen  ought  to  obey  the  laws,  even  when 

unjust. 

3.  These  flowers  are  quite  fresh ;  smell  them. 

4.  Do  not  trust  him ;  he  is  a  bad  fellow. 

5.  He  came  the  next  day,  and  stayed  three  hours. 

6.  I  bought  it  for  five  francs,  and  shall  sell  it  for  six. 

6.  Explain  the  meaning  of  the  apostrophe  in  grancTmire. 


French  Examination  Papers,  6i 

Give  the  gender  of — douleur,  honneur,  fleur,  fin,  feuille, 
fruit,  vice,  vertu. 

7.  Translate  in  as  many  different  ways  as  you  can  the 
words — bring,  succeed,  can,  fly,  know. 


LXIII. 

1.  Give  sentences  to  show  the  construction  of — se  sou- 
venir, douter,  toucher,  plaire,  venir  (k,  de). 

2.  What  auxiliary  do  you  use  with  neuter  verbs  in  French  ? 
Translate — he  has  gone;  they  will  have  come;  he  had 
entered  the  dining-room ;  he  has  gone  by ;  she  has  re- 
mained ;  this  suited  me ;  he  has  grown  old  j  tell  me  the 
time. 

3.  Give  the  French  for — to  look  for ;  to  meet  with ;  to 
wait  for;  to  blush  with;  to  laugh  at;  to  think  of;  to  listen 
to;  to  pay  for;  to  be  ignorant  of;  to  wish  for. 

4.  Give  the  singular  of — ^maux,  aieuls,  yeux,  vantaux, 
nettes;  the  plural  of — animal,  porte-voix,  garde-manger;  and 
place  the  accents  on — tres,  achete,  lacher,  piece,  pensee, 
meler. 

5.  Give  the  primary  parts  of — servir,  suivre,  ouvrir, 
accroitre ;  and  write  in  full  the  past  definite  of  se  souvenir 
and  naitre. 

6.  Translate — 

1.  Comment  cela  se  peut-il  ? 

2.  Cela  ne  vous  regard e  pas. 

3.  Le  jeu  ne  vaut  pas  la  chandelle. 

4.  A  propos  de  cela. 

5.  Cela  ne  tient  qu'k  vous. 


62  French  Examination  Papers, 

6.  Laissez  done  1 

7.  Ni  le  soleil  ni  la  mort  ne  peuvent  se  regarder  fixe- 

ment. 

7.  Explain  the  origin  and  use  of  the  circumflex  accent  in 
French.  Give  examples.  Give  the  French  words  derived 
from  the  Latin — quare,  asinus,  habere,  ilia,  cor,  nihilominus, 
magis,  hora. 

8.  Translate— 

1.  He  does  not  care  how  many  mistakes  he  makes. 

2.  I  will  take  care  of  the  apples  you  have  bought. 

3.  I  fear  the  cares  of  state  are  too  heavy  for  the 

minister. 

4.  I  do  not  care  for  you ;  you  will  never  make  me 

run  away. 

5.  Take  care  of  meeting  that  man. 

6.  I  must  put  up  with  it 


LXIV, 

1.  What  are,  and  in  what  cases  do  you  use — cedilla,  apos- 
trophe, diaeresis  ? 

2.  Give  some  examples  of  the  use  of  the  article  in  French 
where  we  omit  it,  and  of  its  use  in  English  where  the  French 
omit  it. 

3.  Translate — 

1.  I  see  him  coming  ;  I  should  like  to  see  him. 

2.  I  remember  you  very  well ;  I  used  to  know  your 

father. 

3.  I  have   brought  you   something   pretty;   please 

accept  it 


French  Examination  Papers.  63 

4.  Whatever  mistakes  he    makes,   he  has   worked 

well. 

5.  He  has  a  grudge  against  us. 

6.  Your  word  is  not  worth  anything. 

4.  Give  in  full  the  present  indicative  of — recevoir,  battre, 
acqu^rir,  s'en  aller.  Write  down  all  the  parts  of  echoir  and 
^ksir  that  are  in  use. 

5.  Translate — you  have  been  conquered ;  I  should  have 
departed ;  give  him  some ;  come  here ;  I  am  well ;  twelve 
o'clock  {noon  and  midnight) ;  here  I  am ;  how  much  do 
you  want  ?  he  has  just  gone ;  take  a  walk ;  have  you  a 
headache  ? 

6.  From  what  language  is  the  French  derived  ?  Give  a 
short  list  of  words  to  prove  your  statement. 

7.  What  is  the  difference  between  the  English  words — 
large,  gracious,  curate,  relations,  manage,  hurl,  deserve,  vicar, 
parents,  directly;  and  the  French — large,  gracieux,  cur^, 
relations,  manager,  hurler,  desservir,  vicaire,  parents,  directe- 
ment. 

8.  Give  the  French  terminations  answering  to  the  English 
-ary,  -ancy,  -ory,  -ous,  -ive,  -ism,  -id,  with  examples. 


ixv. 

1.  Derive — on,  quiconque,  rbgle,  raison,  coi,  sceur. 

2.  When  do  you  translate  **  must "  by  falloiry  and  when 
by  devoir. 

3.  When  is  the  /  of  si  elided  ?  With  what  tenses  is  si 
used  ?    Translate — should  you  do  this,  you  will  have  to  go ; 


64  French  Examination  Papers, 

if  he  comes  I  shall  see  him ;  I  do  not  know  whether  he  has 
left  France. 

4.  Translate — the  wrong  book;  the  right  book;  you 
are  wrong;  he  was  right;  ray  watch  is  wrong;  that's 
wrong ;  you  wrong  me ;  I  know  as  much  as  you ;  how 
much  money  have  you  ?  I  like  her  much  ;  so  much  the 
better. 

5-  In  what  different  ways  can  you  translate — of,  with,  to, 
in  French.  Distinguish — au  travers,  \  travers ;  au  reste,  du 
reste;  il  est  en  route,  il  est  sur  la  route;  natal,  natif;  vous 
avez  raison,  vous  avez  une  raison,  vous  avez  de  la  raison ; 
parler  mal,  mal  parler ;  parler  haut,  parler  hautement ;  ils  se 
blessent,  ils  se  blessent  Tun  Tautre. 

6.  Translate — 

1.  When  I  was  young  I  used  to  be  idle. 

2.  Napoleon  died  in  1821. 

3.  Wine  is  sold  cheap  in  France. 

4.  Which  of  these  cakes  will  you  have  ? 


LXVI. 

1.  Give  a  list  of  the  verbs  conjugated  like  recevoir. 
Which  conjugation  contains  the  most  verbs  ? 

2.  Give  as  many  prepositions  as  you  can,  with  their  mean- 
ings. Translate — I  am  working  for  you,  for  I  love  you ; 
he  spoke  for  an  hour. 

3.  Give  the  feminine  of— requis,  jaloux,  relatif,  vif,  lequel, 
le  meilleur  fils,  un  bon  paysan  ;  and  the  plural  of — une  jolie 
maison,  un  gros  cheval,  une  loi  trbs  juste,  il  meurt,  c'est 
moi,  trou. 


French  Examination  Papers.  65 

4.  Translate — 

1.  My  French  Grammar  has  been  lost. 

2.  My  sister  is  very  proud  of  her  husband. 

3.  To  whom  did  you  give  the  present  you  bought 

yesterday  ? 

4.  I  gave  it  to  my  brother,  who  wanted  it. 

5.  William  Pitt  died  in  1806. 

6.  I  am  afraid  you  will  fall. 

5.  How  do  you  form  the  plural  of  substantives  \n  -oui 
Give  any  exceptions. 

6.  Explain  the  feminine  forms — b^nigne,  maligne. 

7.  Translate  in  as  many  ways  as  you  can — to  walk,  to 
take,  to  leave,  care,  gentleman,  room,  habit. 

8.  Give   gender   of — couleur,  amour,    porame,    feuille, 
voiture. 


LXVII. 

1.  Show  from  what  stems  the  different  tenses  oi punir 
are  formed. 

2.  What  are  the  masculine  terminations  of  French  sub- 
stantives? Give  examples.  Give  feminine  of — duquel,  in- 
jurieux,  chr^tien,  absous,  cerf. 

3.  Give  some  French  verbs  always  followed  by  the  pre- 
position i. 

4.  Why  should  the  plural  of  a  French  substantive  end 
in  J? 

5.  Translate — in  front;  early;  more  and  more;  don't 
mention  it;  by  night;  be  off;  once;  at  once;  soon; 
quickly ;  probably ;  nearer ;  give  me  some  water ;  glad  to 

r 


66  French  Examination  Papers, 

see  you ;  to  pay  a  visit ;  to  have  a  cold ;  ring  the  bell,  if  you 
please ;  take  care. 

6.  Translate — 

1.  Qu'il  a  I'air  b^te  I 

2.  C'est  un  homme  comme  on  n'en  voit  gubre. 

3.  Ne  manquez  pas  de  m'^crire. 

4.  J'ai  beau  faire  tout  mon  possible. 

5.  Vogue  la  galore  1 

6.  Cela  s'entend. 

7.  Vous  m'avez  mal  entendu. 

7.  Give  the  principal  rules  for  the  agreement  of  the  past 
participle.  Translate — they  have  succeeded  one  another; 
they  have  pardoned  one  another ;  they  have  spoken  to  one 
another ;  we  have  seen  them  killing ;  we  have  seen  them 
killed. 

8.  Translate— 

1.  At  what  time  will  they  come? 

2.  They  do  not  mention  the  time  \  but  I  suppose  it 

will  be  between  eleven  and  twelve  o'clock. 

3.  I  wondei  they  did  not  inform  you  sooner  of  their 

visit. 

4.  The  lettei  is  dated  Monday  the  9th. 

5.  That  was  the  day  before  yesterday. 

6.  Yes,  but  it  was  only  posted  on  the  loth. 

7.  What  do  you  intend  to  do  ? 

8.  To  stay  at  home,  and  wait  until  they  come. 


French  Examination  Papers,  67 


LXVIII. 

1.  Write  the  singular  of  the  present  indicative  of— aller, 
servir,  pouvoir,  s'asseoir,  and  the  primary  parts  of — m^dire, 
pourvoir,  r^soudre,  coudre. 

2.  Parse — acqui brent,  meus,  mens,  v6tue,  faut 

3-  Give  the  French  for — around;  far  from;  on  account 
of;  behind ;  since ;  I  haven't  any ;  come  along ;  late ;  during  ; 
loudly ;  further ;  here  is  your  umbrella ;  I  have  a  bad  leg  j 
he  is  coming  at  12.0 ;  that  dog  is  hungry. 

4.  Give  the  comparative  and  superlative  of — bien,  peu, 
mal ;  and  the  feminine  of — due,  coq,  muet,  ch^tif,  cochon, 
singe,  abb^. 

5.  What  is  the  difference  between — un  enfant  seul,  un 
ul  enfant;  un  cher  livre,  un  livre  cher;  un  nouvel  habit, 

habit  nouveau ;  le  mousse,  la  mousse ;  le  vase,  la  vase ; 
lus,  ne  plus,  davantage. 

6.  Translate — 

1.  Few  men  think  so. 

2.  We  often  desire  what  we  ought  not  to  desire. 

3.  They  do  not  do  so  in  France. 

4.  He  went  on  foot ;  for  the  future  he  will  go  by 
rail. 

5.  The  absent  are  always  wrong. 

6.  All  right !  talk  away ;  I  am  all  ears. 

7.  Form  adverbs  from — obscur,  commun,  confus,  loyal, 
clair,  galant,  innocent. 

8.  Derive — samedi,  lundi,  tandis,  voiture,  voisin,  lors, 
pourtant,  parmi,  done,  quelque. 


68  French  Examination  Papers, 


Lxnc. 

1.  What  are  the  terminations  of  French  diminutives? 
Give  examples. 

2.  What  is  the  difference  between — la  derni^re  annde, 
I'ann^e  dernibre;  un  pauvre  pobte,  un  pobte  pauvre;  son 
propre  habit,  son  habit  propre  \  une  grande  dame,  une  dame 
grande. 

3.  Translate — ^je  n'y  tiens  plus ;  il  ne  tient  qu'k  vous ;  k 
quoi  cela  tient-il?  qu'k  cela  ne  tienne;  s'il  ne  tient  qu*k 
cela ;  tiens !  s'en  tenir  \ ;  tenez-vous  droit ;  tenez-vous  en 
Ik ;  je  ne  sais  k  quoi  m'en  tenir. 

4.  Translate — 

1.  My  watch  is  slow;  it  is  now  seven  minutes  to 

three. 

2.  This  is  better  than  doing  nothing,  isn't  it? 

3.  The  game  is  not  worth  the  candle. 

4.  That  is  the  man  of  whom  my  father  was  just 

speaking. 

5.  Go  and  tell  Louis  that  I  shall  come  and  see  his 

people  next  week. 

6.  I  did  that  without  producing  the  least  effect. 

5.  Give  the  third  person  singular  of  the  future  of — aller, 
courir,  cueillir,  mourir,  tenir,  asseoir,  falloir,  mouvoir,  voir, 
vouloir,  prdvoir,  valoir. 

6.  Give  the  English  equivalents  of  the  following  phrases — 

1.  On  lui  a  donn^  un  poisson  d'avril. 

2.  Qui  se  ressemble  s'assemble. 

3.  Chat  ^chaud^  craint  Teau  froide. 

4.  II  a  mang^  son  bl6  en  herbe. 


French  Examination  Papers,  69 


5.  Un  coq-k-r4ne. 

6.  Les  extremes  se  touchent. 

7.  Une  querelle  d'AUemand, 


LXX. 

1.  Give  the  feminine  of — un  lion;  des  tigres;  au  chat; 
du  due ;  aux  coqs ;  un  comte ;  un  baron ;  Tempereur ;  le 
marquis ;  un  Frangais ;  un  enfant ;  un  auteur ;  un  barbare ; 
un  Remain;  les  Autrichiens;  un  cheval;  un  coquin;  un 
fripon ;  un  voleur ;  un  Spicier. 

2.  What  is  the  origin  of  the  termination  of  the  imperfect 
indicative  in  French  verbs  ? 

3.  Give  the  first  person  singular  and  third  person  plural, 
present  and  perfect,  of — parler,  batir,  attendre,  devoir ;  first 
person  singular  and  plural  of  present  indicative,  future,  past 
definite,  and  the  present  and  past  participles  of— s'en  aller, 
mourir,  savoir,  voir,  venir,  faire,  vivre,  naitre,  ^teindre,  avoir. 

4.  Parse — ayant,  qu'ils  plussent,  qu'il  vaille,  dfl,  croissons, 
offert,  remises,  qu'elle  craignlt. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  I  met  her  and  gave  her  her  present. 

2.  He  gave  it  to  me  to  take  to  his  mother. 

3.  Will  you  take  us  with  you  ? 

4.  He  never  has  anything. 

5.  I  had  that  door  shut. 

6.  Your  brother  must  not  know  it  yet. 

7.  Henry  IV.  died  on  the  14th  May,  16 10,  at  fifty- 

seven. 

6.  Translate — il  fait  b^tir ;  ne  faites  done  pas  le  malin ; 


70  French  Examination  Papers, 

il  fait  le  bon  apotre ;  faire  la  sourde  oreille ;  je  me  fais  fort 
de  le  lui  faire  faire ;  cela  n'y  fera  rien ;  on  le  fait  riche,  il  en 
est  loin ;  e'en  est  fait ;  qu'y  faire  ?  je  le  ferai  arr^ter. 

7.  Derive — beau,  b^nin,  b^nir,  ou,  oti,  pale,  plusieurs, 
coup,  seigneur,  faire. 

LXXI. 

1.  Which  of  the  four  French  conjugations  contains  the 
greatest  number  of  verbs  ?  which  the  least  ?  Give  the  num- 
bers approximately. 

2.  Give  the  plural  of — vitrail,  hibou,  voix,  clou,  gouver- 
nail,  ciel,  tete-k-tete,  mal ;  and  the  feminine  of — poli,  bon, 
trompeur,  instinctif,  muet,  gras,  eternel,  mineur,  glacial, 
exigu. 

3.  In  what  ways  can  you  form  compound  substantives  in 
French  ?    Give  examples. 

4.  Give  some  adjectives  which  have  a  different  masculine 
form  before  a  vowel. 

5.  Translate — 

I.  This  happened  to  me  two  years  ago. 

a.  I  have  not  spoken  to  him  for  a  long  time. 

3.  I  have  been  studying  French  for  the  last  two  years. 

4.  How  long  have  you  been  waiting  for  me  ? 

5.  Are  you  satisfied  with  him  ? 

6.  About  one  hundred  men  were  there. 

6.  Distinguish  between — toutefois,  toute  fois ;  surtout,  sur 
tout;  rapporter,  reporter;  renverser,  reverser;  affectueux, 
affectif;  natal,  natif;  vivant,  vif;  en  face,  en  face  de;  il  est 
drole,  c'est  un  drole ;  simuler,  dissimuler. 

7.  Give  a  list  of  indefinite  adjectives  and  pronouns. 


French  Examination  Papers. 


LXXII. 

1.  Translate — dernier  ressort;  de  trop;  tout  ensemble; 
^lat ;  ^lan ;  empressement ;  espionnage ;  esprit  de  corps ; 
vis-k-vis;  sauve  qui  peut;  jeu  d'esprit;  sang  froid;  nom  de 
plume ;  nom  de  guerre ;  mauvaise  honte ;  mauvais  sujet ;  il 
se  fait  tard ;  qu'avez-vous  ?    Is  nom  de  plume  good  French  ? 

2.  Construct  three  sentences  containing  the  words — plain, 
utile,  fier. 

3.  Distinguish  between — savoir,  connaitre;  les  uns  les 
autres,  Tun  et  I'autre ;  un  grand  homme,  un  homme  grand ; 
du,  dfl  'y  cru,  cr{i ;  ddgo(iter,  ddgoutter ;  auparavant,  avant, 
devant. 

4.  From  what  Latin  words  is  the  French  article  derived  ? 

5.  Translate — what  will  you  play  at?  we  have  no  time; 
300  men ;  give  me  those  books  and  take  these ;  I  have  a 
toothache ;  it  will  snow  to-morrow ;  pray  sit  down  j  I  am 
sorry  for  it ;  I  saw  him  in  the  street. 

6.  Translate — 

1.  Here  are  our  horses,  where  are  yours? 

2.  No  one  has  been  here. 

3.  It  is  the  prettiest  town  I  have  ever  seen. 

4.  I  enjoyed  myself  very  much  at  your  house  yester- 

day. 

5.  I  say,  Charles,  we  have  just  had  a  fine  game  of 

cricket. 

6.  I  mistrust  her,  and  she  has  not  truiited  m& 


72  French  Examination  Papers, 


LXXIII. 

1.  Compare — ^bon,  mauvais,  petit ;  and  give  the  adverbs 
derived  from  these  words.  Translate — my  best  book  is 
here ;  I  am  much  better. 

2.  Distinguish — il  me  rit  au  nez,  il  rit  de  mon  nez ;  excel- 
lent, excellant;  differant,  different;  le  cours,  la  cour;  le 
tour,  la  tour ;  vers,  vert,  le  ver ;  faire  grace,  faire  une  grace ; 
un  ^crivain  malheureux,  un  malheureux  ^rivain. 

3.  What  is  the  place  of  the  adverb  in  a  French  sentence? 
Translate — I  have  slept  well. 

4.  Give  the  masculine  of — ^actrice,  liotesse,  institutrice, 
bergbre,  jumelle,  vache,  de  laquelle,  joyeuse,  grasses,  sotte, 
citoyenne;  and  the  plural  of — ^joujou,  nez,  chacal,  sous- 
officier. 

5.  What  tenses  are  formed  from  the  present  participle? 
Give  examples,  and  any  exceptions  you  know. 

6.  Translate — 

1.  I  have  passed  you  the  salt. 

2.  Have  you  left  the  door  open  ? 

3.  I  have  given  your  father  the  book  I  promised 

him. 

4.  Who  is  there  ?    It  is  he. 

5.  I  will  give  it  him  if  you  like. 

7.  Write  the  infinitive  of— mis,  sert,  envoient,  dd,  fait,  vu, 
ouvert. 

8.  Derive — agneau,  aigu,  ajouter,  ame,  arriver. 

9.  Why  should  the  first  person  plural  of  gemir  end  in 
'issons,  and  that  of  seniir  in  -otts  ?  What  was  the  old  form 
of  il  aime  i 


French  Examination  Papers,  73 

10.  Translate — sans  mot  dire;  se  mettre  k  faire;  je  I'ai 
^chapp^  belle;  k  la  guerre  comme  k  la  guerre;  souflfre- 
douleur ;  il  s'aiment  Tun  I'autre ;  s'est-on  amus^  ? 


LXXXY. 

1.  In  what  different  ways  can  you  express  possession  in 
French  ?    Give  examples. 

2.  Parse — cueillies,  mentez,  soufFert,  savent. 

3.  Name  the  past  tenses  in  French.  Show  how  they  are 
used,  and  give  examples. 

4.  Write  the  primary  parts  of — valoir,  vouloir,  conclure, 
coudre,  ^crire,  mettre ;  and  first  person  present  subjunctive 
of — mourir,  efirayer,  s'asseoir,  s'en  aller,  naitre. 

5.  Translate — of  seeing;  in  seeing;  without  seeing; 
ivhile  seeing ;  in  order  to  see ;  I  hear  your  father  calling ; 
we  know  how  to  die ;  an  ink  bottle ;  a  bottle  of  ink ;  what 
are  you  talking  about  ?  it  cannot  be  helped. 

6.  Translate — 

1.  Je  vais  me  faire  faire  une  robe  neuve. 

2.  Les  chaleurs  qu'il  a  fait  ont  ^t^  terribles. 

3.  Pauvres  femmes  !  je  les  ai  vu  jeter  en  prison. 

4.  Je  ne  dcute  pas  que  vous  n'ayez  raison. 

5.  Qu'y  a-t-il  de  nouveau? 

7.  Explain  the  origin  of  the  adverbial  termination  -ment, 

8.  Translate— 

1.  Hand  me   that    bottle.      Shake  hands.      With 

clasped  hands. 

2.  The  late  King  of  Italy  was  very  fond  of  horses. 


74  French  Examination  Papers, 

3,  Hats  off!    His  Majesty  the  King  is  coming  to  see 

his  faithful  subjects. 

4,  He  gave  me  his  word  of  honour  he  would  not 

leave  the  room. 

5,  The  soldiers  would  die  sooner  than  yield. 


LXXV. 

1.  Construct  sentences  containing  the  words — personne, 
sans  que,  on,  ceux,  eux-memes. 

2.  Give  the  second  person  of  each  tense  of  adjoindre  and 
faillir. 

3.  Write  the  feminine  of — menteur,  v^n^neux,  conciliateur, 
grossier,  sensuel,  gris,  gaillard,  amer ;  and  the  plural  of — 
madame,  special,  moral.  Give  diminutives  of— chanson, 
lion,  papier,  loup,  bateau. 

4.  Translate — good-bye;  you  must  learn;  you  ought  to 
have  gone;  did  he  enjoy  himself?  His  Majesty  the  King  of 
France ;  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  England ;  it  was  the 
1 2th  of  July;  it  is  true;  it  is  true  you  are  better;  upside 
down. 

5.  Distinguish  between — mur,  miir;  dbs,  des;  p^cher, 
pecher ;  du,  du ;  siir,  sur ;  crfi,  cru ;  mener,  amener, 
emmener ;  sel,  selle ;  port,  porte. 

6.  Translate— 

1.  Take  care  lest  you  meet  him. 

2.  What  does  he  complain  of? 

3.  What  o'clock  is  it  ?     It  has  just  struck  midnight. 

4.  As  for  me,  I  will  never  do  it. 

5.  He  is  fond  of  working,  fonder  than  you  are. 


French  Examination  Papers,  75 


6.  It  is  they  who  have   done   the  thing  you  com- 

plain of. 

7.  Leave  me  my  share  and  take  yours. 

8.  Which  of  these  stories  does  she  believe  ? 

9.  We  like  this  town  and  will  remain  there. 
10.  Each  season  has  its  beauty. 


LXXVl. 

1.  Translate — he  is  a  Frenchman  ;  three  shillings  a 
week ;  sixpence  a  pound ;  at  any  cost ;  quite  mad ;  what  do 
you  say  ?  I  know  what  you  think ;  what  book  have  you 
taken  ?  what  is  the  matter  ? 

2.  Write  the  primary  parts  of — sortir,  sentir,  bouillir, 
peindre,  mouvoir. 

3.  Write  the  masculine  of— belle,  craintive,  sensuelle, 
muette,  sournoise,  tutrice,  ambassadrice,  dinde;  and  the 
plural  of — lieutenant-g^n^ral,  pourboire,  r^gal,  hdros,  il  va, 
il  vaut,  il  veut. 

4.  What  is  the  number  of  gens  ?  Does  its  gender  change  ? 
Give  examples. 

5.  Can  you  use  en  and  y  in  speaking  of  persons  ?  Give 
examples. 

6.  Give  a  list  of  interrogative  pronouns  and  adjectives  in 
French. 

7.  Translate — 

1.  II  faut  qu*une  porte  soit  ouverte  ou  ferm^e. 

2.  A  bon  chat  bon  rat. 

3.  Cela  ne  fait  rien. 

4.  Cela  ira. 


76  French  Examination  Papers, 

5.  Honni  soit  qui  mal  y  pense. 

6.  De  qui  vous  moquez  vous  ? 

7.  J'ai  failli  mourir.     II  a  failli. 

8.  Translate — we  give  fruit  and  flowers;  everybody's 
friend  is  no  friend  of  mine ;  two  thousand  pounds  and 
eighteen  shillings ;  six  is  the  fourth  of  twenty-four ;  I  told 
him  so ;  have  you  informed  him  of  it  ?    I  have. 


LXXVII. 

1.  Give  in  full  the  present  indicative  of— boire,  faire, 
coudre,  craindre. 

2.  Translate — de  son  mieux ;  \  la  bonne  heure ;  k  tout 
prendre;  bon  grd  mal  grd;  si  fait;  tout  k  coup;  il  m'a 
plants  Ik ;  en  venir  \  bout ;  y  etes-vous  ?  \  bientot !  il  ne 
B'agit  pas  de  cela. 

3.  When  do  you  translate  "with"  by  dty  "to"  hy  J>oiir, 
"  before  "  by  avant  ?    Give  examples. 

4.  Correct — 

1.  Que  a-t-il  frapp^  ?  Quoi  voulez-vous  P 

2.  J'ai  mal  k  mes  dents. 

3.  EUes  se  sont  pardonn^es.     lis  nous  ont  d^-plus. 

4.  De  que  se  plaint-il  ? 

5.  Beaucoup  de  personnes  ignore  cette  affaire. 

5.  Translate — 

I.  This  happened  on  the  loth  of  April,  1775. 
3.  I  saw  everything  beautiful  at  Paris. 

3.  She  has  burnt  her  finger. 

4.  I  don't  wish  to  write  any  more. 


French  Examination  Papers.  jj 

5.  In  case  you   see   Charles,  1  will  give  you  his 

umbrella. 

6.  I  have  done  my  best. 

7.  How  is  bread  sold  to-day  ? 

6.  Distinguish  between — la  lecture,  and  the  lecture; 
attendre,  and  to  attend ;  agr^er,  and  to  agree ;  le  gardien, 
and  the  guardian.  Translate  the  words  "country"  and 
**  time  "  in  as  many  different  ways  as  you  can. 

7.  Give  the  feminine  of — sujet,  tailleur,  sain,  gentil,  actif, 
ddlicieux,  mineur,  cr^ateur,  moyen  ;  form  verbs  from — pile, 
r^publicain,  Napoleon ;  and  substantives  from — quatre,  due, 
bete,  malade. 


LXXVIII. 

1.  Show  the  different  ways  in  which  the  conjunction  que 
may  be  used.     Give  examples. 

2.  Give  the  primary  parts  of — connaitre,  absoudre,  boire, 
devenir,  se  taire,  cuire. 

3.  Write  the  singular  of->-^maux,  voix,  yeux  ;  and  the 
masculine  of — ^r^elle,  aigue,  inquiete,  passive,  marraine,  gou- 
vernante.     Give  the  gender  of — fin,  encre,  joie,  douleur. 

4.  Expliquez  le  suffixe  -ment  de  I'adverbe  frangais,  et 
dites  pourquoi  c'est  k  la  forme  feminine  de  I'adjectif  qu'il 
s'attache. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  Have  you  not  yet  given  her  the  book  you  pro- 

mised her  several  times  ? 

2,  Have  you  any  apples  ?     I  have. 

J,  There  is  nothing  wonderful  in  that  boy. 


yS  French  Examination  Papers* 

4.  You  are  opposite  me. 

5.  Have  you  never  seen  such  a  thing  before? 

6.  This  is  never  done  here. 

6.  Distinguish — le  lis,  le  lit ;  le  sot,  le  saut,  le  seau ;  la 
chair,  la  chbre ;  le  cot^,  la  cote ;  le  maitre,  le  mbtre ;  le  lait, 
le  legs. 

7.  In  which  of  the  following  is  the  h  aspirate— huile, 
humeur,  hotel,  hors,  hisser,  hibou,  heureux,  hdlas,  haut, 
hasard,  habit 

LXXIX. 

1.  Write  in  full  the  present  indicative  of — s'asseoir  and 
mourir. 

2.  What  construction  would  you  join  with  verbs  of  "  fear- 
ing?" Give  an  example. 

3.  What  is  the  difference  between — pas,  point ;  plus  tot, 
plutot  \  dessus,  dessous  ;  car,  pour ;  parce  que,  par  ce  que ; 
quoique,  quoi  que ;  un  ancien  soldat,  un  vieux  soldat. 

4.  In  what  cases  is  trie  pronoun  placed  after  the  verb  in 
French  ?  Give  examples. 

5.  Parse — cr^^s,  arrosez,  frits,  connues,  contins. 

6.  Translate — 

I.  I  shall  not  go  to  London  unless  you  come  there 

with  me. 
a.  Get  up  quickly  and  dress ;  you  will  be  late  for 

breakfast. 

3.  I  am  going  by  train  now ;  we  shall  meet  again. 

4.  You  have  nothing  to  complain  of. 

5.  Are  there  not  some  women  here  ? 

6.  Whose  voice  do  I  hear  ?  My  friend's. 


French  Examination  Papers.  79 

7.  Explain,  according  to  etymology,  the  agreement  of  the 
past  participle  with  avoir. 

8.  Translate — faites  mes  amities  ;  faites  atteler  \  \  qui  en 
avez-vous?  j'ai  passd  une  nuit  blanche;  vous  avez  bon 
caractbre;  il  nous  a  donn^  le  change;  chateaux  enEspagne; 
en  un  clin  d'oeil. 

9.  Derive  adverbs  from — long,  bref,  doux;  substantives 
from — blanc,  long,  haut;  and  verbs  from — chemin,  bleu, 
mince,  noble,  faible. 

LXXX. 

1.  Give  the  first  person  of  the  past  definite  and  of  the 
future  of — voir,  pouvoir,  pourvoir,  savoir,  valoir. 

2.  Give  examples  of  eight  irregular  formations  of  the 
(eminine  in  French  substantives  and  adjectives. 

3.  Give  in  full  the  negative  imperative  of  en  voulotr. 

4.  Translate — not  at  once ;  not  at  all ;  not  so  much  ;  not 
to  have  written ;  near  us ;  far  from  me ;  in  the  midst  of 
dangers;  on  account  of  you;  above  us;  whether  he  will 
or  no ;  I  feel  sick ;  who's  there  ?  get  out  of  the  way ;  I  am 
just  come  in ;  will  that  do  ? 

5.  Translate — 

I.  Vous  auriez  dfi  sortir. 

3.  Croyez  m'en. 

3.  Que  cette  femme  a  Fair  malheureux. 

4.  Qu'est-ce  qu'il  lui  est  arrive  ? 

5.  On  nous  a  d^fendu  de  sortir. 

6.  Nous  avons  battu  I'ennemi.  Nous  nous  sommes 

battus. 

7.  II  fait  le  prince. 


8o  French  lixamination  Papers, 

6.  Give  three  French  words  beginning  with  h  mute,  and 
three  beginning  with  //  aspirate. 

7.  Derive — fier,  feu,  froid,  y,  viande,  verjus,  essuyer,  com- 
pagnie,  prouver. 

8.  Translate— 

1.  California  and  Brazil  are  magnificent  countries. 

2.  The  Gordons  of  history  are  rare. 

3.  The  lady  from  whom  I  heard  the  news  told  me 

she  feared  it  was  true. 

4.  I  do  not  think  you  will  like  the  book  I  saw  you 

beginning  yesterday. 

5.  It  is  most  curious  that  I  never  met  you  before. 

6.  Do  you  think  you  can  pay  for  the  flowers  you 

have  bought  ? 

7.  In  your  place  I  should  say  nothing. 


LXXXI. 

1.  Give  the  first  person  of  the  future  and  of  the  pre- 
sent subjunctive  of — courir,  faillir,  vetir,  dire,  craindre; 
and  give  the  infinitive  and  participles  of — lisons,  cousons, 
primes. 

2.  Give  some  French  substantives  used  only  in  the 
singular,  and  some  used  only  in  the  plural. 

3.  Translate — in  France;  in  Paris;  on  the  way;  before 
me ;  many  people  ;  all  day ;  I  wish  you  to  go ;  I  have 
nothing  to  eat;  it  cannot  be  helped;  a  through  train;  I 
have  been  here  thirty  years;  take  yourself  off;  hats  offi  no 
sooner  said  than  done. 


French  Examination  Papers.  8 1 

4.  Point  out  any  peculiarity  in  verbs  ending  in  -cer, 
-eler,  -ger,  -oyer,  -ayer,  -eger. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  I  do  not  like  obstinacy.     Nor  I  either. 

2.  I  fear  he  will  come. 

3.  The  more  we  advance,  the  more  we  wish  to 

learn. 

4.  I  am  very  glad  of  it 

5.  I  doubt  if  he  is  right. 

6.  They  are  far  from  us. 

7.  Talking  is  easier  than  doing. 

6.  Explain  the  origin  of  the  /in  ro7npt,finit. 

7.  Give  the  plural  of — ciel,  genou,  niveau,  ciel- de-lit,  feu- 
de-joie ;  and  the  feminine  of — pareil,  favori,  nouveau,  vert, 
inspecteur. 

8.  Distinguish — un  tour,  une  tour;  un  manche,  une 
manche ;  un  couple,  une  couple ;  un  guide,  une  guide ;  le 
trompette,  la  trompette ;  tout  k  coup,  tout  d'un  coup ;  user, 
user  de. 

LXXXII. 

1.  Give  some  adjectives  used  as  adverbs.  Bo  they  agree 
with  the  substantive? 

2.  What  is  the  difference  between — un  pauvre  homme,  un 
homme  pauvre  \  un  bon  homme,  un  homme  bon ;  se  lever, 
s'^lever ;  vois,  voix,  voie ;  fois,  foi. 

3.  Write  the  first  person  plural  of  the  future  of — contenir, 
fuir,  recevoir,  aller,  faire,  boire. 

4.  Give  the  French  for — it  is  Charles ;  it  is  easy  to  say  j 
they  are  strangers ;  I  want  it ;  go  and  see ;  I  cannot  say ;  I 

G 


82  French  Examination  Papers, 

am  glad  of  it ;  I  consent  to  it ;  leave  me  alone ;  do  you 
speak  French?  dress  yourself;  get  up;  make  haste;  thank 
you ;  a  quarter  to  one. 

5.  When  do  you  use  J/ instead  of  ^w/7  Give  an  example. 
Name  some  words  beginning  with  a  vowel  or  h  mute  before 
which  the  vowel  of  the  article  is  not  elided. 

6.  Translate — 

1.  What  a  man  1  did  you  ever  see  his  like  ? 

2.  Surrey  is  an  English  county. 

3.  The  history  of  France  is  very  interesting. 

4.  Is  it  not  possible  that  you  are  wrong  ? 

5.  Did  you  enjoy  yourself  yesterday  at  the  theatre? 

6.  Men  are  equal ;  virtue  makes  the  difference. 

7.  Did  you  not  give  him  some  new  books  yesterday  ? 

Yes. 

7.  Derive — assez,  demain,  vis-k-vis,  queue.  What  parts 
of  speech  were  originally — durant,  pendant  ? 


LXXXIII. 

1.  Write  in  full  the  present  indicative  of  mouvoir ;  and 
the  present  subjunctive  oialler. 

2.  What  is  the  difference  between  the  use  of  i,  dans^  erty 
before  names  of  places  ?    Give  examples. 

3.  Write  the  plural  of— aieul,  pou,  verrou,  opdra;  the 
plural  feminine  of — ^pais,  ^gal,  tout,  saint,  furieux,  confiden- 
tiel,  grossier ;  and  the  genders  of^profondeur,  verdure,  voile, 
bois,  arbre,  soleil. 

4.  Translate — k  la  fois;  deux  fois;  k  temps;  d'aujour- 
d'hui  en  huit ;  quinze  jours ;  cela  se  peut ;  je  n'y  puis  rien ; 


French  Examination  Papers.  83 

je  n'en  puis  mais  \  je  n'en  puis  plus ;  il  pensa  mourir ;  il 
pensa  se  tuer;  ne  vous  d^rangez  pas;  k  la  d6:obde;  il  a 
^clat^  de  lire. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  Avarice  is  detestable,  even  in  princes. 

2.  He  earns,  they  say,  three  pounds  a  week. 

3.  Where  is  my  watch  ?  I  gave  it  you  yesterday. 

4.  How  much  money  have  you  there  ?  3,010  francs. 

5.  I  shall  have  this  book  bound. 

6.  This  is  the  house  we  saw  building. 

7.  We  have  taken  a  walk,  and  have  spoken  to  each 

other. 

8.  This  song  is  beautiful ;  did  you  ever  hear  it  sung  ? 

9.  This  is  the  longest  book  I  have  ever  read. 

6.  Give  short  examples  to  show  the  use  of  these  conjunc- 
tions— de  sorte  que ;  afin  que ;  k  moins  que ;  pendant  que. 

7.  From  what  Latin  words  are  derived — oh,  y,  ici,  quand, 
puis,  mieux,  beaucoup,  fragile,  constamment,  bonheur. 


UEXXIT. 

1.  Give  the  English  of— b€te  noire;    coup  d*oeil;   au 

secours !  par  exemple  1  ventre  \  terre ;  sur-le-champ ;  k 
toute  bride ;  de  pis  en  pis ;  Temporter  sur  quelqu'un ;  il  n'y 
entend  pas  malice ;  un  homme  comme  il  faut ;  peu  s'en 
faut 

2.  Give  the  second  person  plural  of  the  imperfect  indica- 
tive and  subjunctive  of — oindre,  paraltre,  savoir,  ouvrir, 
battre,  batir ;  and  the  present  participle  of — ^joindre,  conclure, 
r^soudre. 


$4  French  Examination  Papers. 

3.  Give  the  plural  feminine  of^gros,  glorieux,  bleu, 
nouveau,  malin,  favori,  complet,  voleur,  chien,  enchanteur. 

4.  Translate — he  has  gone  away ;  do  not  go  away ;  will 
he  go  away  ?  I  have  gone  away ;  let  us  go  away ;  that  you 
might  have  gone  away ;  going  away ;  having  gone  away. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  De  quoi  s'agit-il?    II  s'agit  de  la  vie. 

2.  Vous  vous  moquez  de  mol 

3.  II  agit  en  ami. 

4.  Cela  ne  fait  rien. 

5.  Cet  homme-lk  ne  me  revient  pas. 

6.  Ventre  affam^  n'a  point  d'oreilles. 

7.  II  m'a  plants  Ik. 

6.  Give  some  idiomatic  uses  of  jaf\?/>and  devoir.  What 
auxiliary  do  you  use  with — passer,  demeurer,  convenir  ? 


LXXXV. 

1.  Write  the  singular  of  the  present  indicative,  and  the 
plural  of  the  present  subjunctive  of — sentir,  ouvrir,  conqu^rir, 
dormir. 

2.  Give  the  plural  of— ^mail,  hibou,  h^ros,  passe-partout, 
basse-taille,  portemanteau,  fils. 

3.  How  do  you  form  adverbs  in  French  ?  Give  examples. 

4.  Give  the  cardinal  numbers  in  French  from  60  to  75. 

5.  Translate — June  24th,  1795  >  ^  listen  to  you;  I  repent 
my  action  ;  I  doubt  your  prudence ;  ring  for  the  maid ;  he 
pities  us  ;  leave  off  teasing  ;  how  old  are  you  ?  I  am  cold  ; 
are  you  warm  ?  do  not  wait  for  me ;  opposite  me. 

6.  Translate — 


French  Examination  Papers,  85 

1.  They  were  talking  to  each  other. 

2.  No  one  has  come  here. 

3.  These  books  cost  five  shillings  each. 

4.  Oh !  how  stupid  you  are. 

6.  Please  tell  him  to  be  at  home  when  I  call. 

7.  What  French  verbs  are  derived  from  the  Latin  solvere  ? 
Derive — boisson,  craindre,  merveille,  robe,  bivouac,  oiseau. 

8.  Give  the  rule  for  the  agreement  of  the  past  participle 
followed  by  an  infinitive,  and  translate — I  admire  this  person; 
I  saw  her  acting,  and  saw  her  applauded. 


LXXXVI. 

1.  Write  the  first  person  plural  of  each  compound  tense 
of  s'en  aller ;  and  give  the  participles  of — entr'ouvrir,  suffire, 
traduire. 

2.  Give  the  English  for — en  vouloir  k ;  s'en  donner ;  s'en 
tenir  k ;  je  n'en  peux  plus ;  il  s'en  faut ;  k  tort  et  k  travers ; 
il  n'y  a  pas  de  quoi;  vous  en  viendrez  k  bout ;  vous  avez  beau 
dire ;  vous  en  etes  pour  votre  peine ;  cela  fait  mal ;  il  fait 
soleil ;  il  se  fait  tard. 

3.  What  is  the  peculiarity  in  the  gender  of— amour,  ddlice, 
gens,  orgue? 

4.  What  is  the  order  in  French  of  the  pronouns  governed 
by  the  verb  ?    Give  examples. 

5.  Construct  sentences  containing  the  words — ^ne  que,  ni, 
point,  vis-k-vis,  avant  que,  il  est  certain. 

6.  Translate — 

I.  Qu'est-ce  que  cela  vous  fait? 

a.  C'est  un  bien  aimable  gar§on  que  votre  fr^e. 


S6  Fretuh  Examination  Papers, 

3.  H  ne  tient  pas  k  moi  que  cela  ne  se  fasse. 

4.  Nous  sommes  plus  riches  que  nous  ne  pensons. 

5.  Je  ne  vous  en  veux  pas. 
7.  Translate— 

1.  I  have  lived  all  the  years  you  have  lived. 

2.  They  allowed  themselves  to  be  insulted. 

3.  The  lady  whom  we  saw  passing. 

4.  I  was  just  finishing  my  letter  when  you  came  in. 

5.  I  forbid  you  to  do  this  until  you  have  apologized 

for  your  rudeness. 

6.  Do  you  like  reading?    Yes;   I  spend  hours  in 

reading. 
^.  The  few  years  we  have  lived  we  have  spent  in  the 
service  of  our  king. 


LXXXVTL 

1.  Give,  with  examples,  some  adjectives  whose  meaning 
changes  according  to  their  position. 

2.  Parse — ddchu,  dite,  conduisons,  paraissant,  tinssiez. 

3.  Give  the  feminine  of — coi,  franc,  ext^rieur,  fou,  eux, 
vertueux,  pur,  infect,  neuf ;  and  the  plural  of — ceil,  joujou, 
moral,  joli. 

4.  Write  the  first  person  singular  of  each  tense  oi—ad- 
meitrgy  se  taire,  and  the  present  of  essayer. 

5.  Compare — nouveau,  bon,  petit,  mauvais. 

6.  Mention  any  cases  in  which  ne  is  used  without /aj. 
Translate — I  read  better  than  I  write ;  I  doubt  not  he  has 
gone  j  not  to  do  it ;  I  fear  he  is  wicked. 


French  Examination  Papers,  87 


7.  Give,  with  examples,  the  different  ways  in  which  you 
can  translate  "  what "  in  French. 

8.  Translate — 

I.  I  have  bought  a  few  books;    shall  I  lend  you 

some? 
a.  You  will  find  it  on  page  300. 

3.  He  always  comes  to  see  us  on  Sundays. 

4.  It  is  your  place  to  do  this. 

9.  Can  you  lay  down  any  rule  for  the  change  oiou  into  eu 
in  mourir,  mouvoir,  &c.  ? 


LXXXVIII. 

1.  What  are  the  feminine  terminations  of  French  substan- 
tives ?     Give  examples. 

2.  Give  a  list  of  neuter  verbs  conjugated  with  Hre, 

3.  Give  the  French  for — only ;  not  at  all ;  sooner ;  no 
more ;  alas  !  come  here  ;  near ;  behind ;  at  your  house ;  to 
have  a  narrow  escape ;  where  are  you  going  ?  little ;  less ; 
least ;  this  good  news  ;  lend  her  half  a  franc ;  they  were  all 
saved. 

4.  Write  the  first  person  plural  of  each  tense  of  crotire 
and  entrevoir. 

5.  Parse — vienne,  craignez,  prise,  ointe. 

6.  "What  tenses  do  you  use  with  sii    Give  examples. 

7.  Translate — 

I.  My  mother  is  nearly  seventy. 
a.  I  saw  him  twice  when  I  was  at  Paris. 
3.  It  is  ten  minutes  to  five,  is  it  not  ?     No,  it  is  five 
minutes  past  fivCo 


88  French  Examination  Papers. 

4.  I  am  the  happiest  man  in  the  world. 

5.  It  is  sunny  to-day. 

6.  What  does  he  complain  of? 

7.  I  will  attend  to  what  you  have  said. 

8.  He  has  done  much  more  work  than  you  imagine. 
8.  Translate  in  as  many  different  ways  as  you  can — to 

pay,  to  succeed,  right,  country,  office,  room,  to  know. 


LXXXIX. 

1.  Write  the  imperative  in  full  of — rire,  tenir,  vaincre, 
vivre,  voir. 

2.  Translate — sur-le-champ ;  je  n'y  tiens  plus ;  oh  en  sont 
les  choses  ?  tout  droit ;  tout  \  coup ;  faute  de  mieux ;  gare  ! 
sans  gene ;  avoir  mal  k  la  gorge ;  un  chevalier  d'industrie ; 
il  m'a  dit  des  injures ;  k  mon  insu ;  k  toutes  jambes. 

3.  Give  the  rules  for  forming  the  plural  of  compound 
substantives,  with  examples. 

4.  Show  the  difference  between  chaque  and  chacun,  mil 
and  mille,  petits  maitres  and  petits-maitres. 

5.  From  what  verbs  come — suivi,  ri,  plu,  pani,  offert,  mis, 
promettant,  craint? 

6.  Translate — 

1.  You  have  never  been  to  Paris ;  go  there. 

2.  I  will  speak  to  him  about  it. 

3.  This  is  the  book  of  which  you  have  read  a  part 

4.  It  is  not  your  business. 

5.  I  shall  ask  your  brother  to  lend  me  the  book  you 

have  mentioned. 

6.  I  have  just  seen  your  brother.     Really  ! 


French  Examination  Papers,  89 

7.  Translate — 

Je  suis  ce  que  je  suis, 

et  je  ne  suis  pas  ce  que  je  suis ; 

car  si  j'^tais  ce  que  suis, 

je  ne  serais  pas  ce  que  je  suis. 

8.  Translate — gibier,  marmot,  brebis,  ain^,  cr^ancier, 
gueux,  araignde,  alouette,  grillon,  balayer,  dcuelle,  haleine, 
becher. 

xc. 

1.  Give  the  primary  parts  of  four  irregular  verbs  of  the 
fourth  conjunction. 

2.  Give  English  for — par  dessus;  c'est  dommage ;  tant 
pis )  d'abord  \  enfin ;  nous  y  voilk !  soi-disant ;  lisez  tou- 
jours;  k  reculons;  je  n'en  peux  plus;  point  d'appui;  de 
deux  jours  Tun;  au  juste;  j'y  perds  mon  latin. 

3.  Give  the  masculine  singular  of — folles,  ^gaux,  nettes, 
belles,  brbves,  secrbtes. 

4.  Parse — vets,  ouverte,  cueille,  irions. 

5.  What  is  the  derivation  of — rien,  aujourd'hui,  mais,  il,  la, 
un,  oui. 

6.  Translate — 

1.  I  do  not  see  anybody. 

2.  He  stayed  with  us  for  a  month. 

3.  He  is  coming  to  us  for  a  fortnight. 

4.  I  went  away  for  fear  I  might  be  hurt 

5.  Everything  comes  to  him  who  can  wait 

6.  Be  quiet;  hold  your  tongue. 

7.  I  feel  ill.     You  look  very  bad. 

8.  He  is  the  firbt  man  I  have  seen  do  that. 


90  French  Examination  Papers, 


7.  Explain  the  presence  of  the  s  in  vas-y^  and  of  the  /  in 
va-i^tn. 

8.  Place  the  proper  accents  on — precede,  bruler,  des- 
agreable,  oter,  voila,  couter. 

9.  State  the  rules  for  verbs  ending  in  -der^  -eter^  and  give 
any  exceptions. 

10.  Describe  the  origin  and  trace  the  disappearance  of 
case  inflexions  in  French.  Are  there  are  any  relics  of  them 
in  modem  French  ? 

XCL 

1.  Give  the  first  person  singular  of  the  future  of— acqu^rir, 
s'asseoir,  savoir,  and  vouloir. 

2.  Parse — font,  jointe,  cms,  connues,  faudra. 

3.  Give,  with  examples,  some  idiomatic  uses  of  the  verb 
faire. 

4.  Translate — I  like  to  do  this ;  I  said  so  to  please  you ; 
a  house  to  let ;  I  had  the  pleasure  of  seeing  you ;  I  am  going 
to  write  you  a  letter ;  I  am  never  thirsty ;  we  know  nobody ; 
what  do  you  want  ?  one  of  them ;  give  it  her ;  I  am  hot  j 
those  whom  you  love ;  which  of  his  brothers  ? 

5.  In  what  way  do  the  French  avoid  the  use  of  the 
passive?     Give  examples. 

6.  Translate — 

1.  Are  you  going  to  see  them  at  Christmas?     I 

hope  so. 

2.  It  is  disgraceful  to  lie. 

3.  She  is  but  twelve  years  old. 

4.  What  is  the  matter  with  you  ?     Nothing. 

5.  We  must  stop  here  till  they  come. 


French  Examination  Papers,  91 

6.  I  have  brought  you  something  very  pretty. 

7.  How  long  have  you  been  living  in  Germany  ? 

8.  Do  you  think  we  shall  succeed  ? 

7.  Give  the  meanings  of  the  following,  according  as  they 
are  masculine  or  feminine — manche,  mode,  mousse,  per- 
sonne,  tour,  vase,  voile. 

8.  Give  the  derivation  of — envoyer,  employer,  jour,  laisser, 
nuire,  palais,  toujours,  sous,  savoir,  vaisseau,  poussi^re, 
chatne. 

XCIl 

1.  Give  the  rules  for  the  agreement  of  the  past  participle 
used  with  avoir. 

2.  Translate — no  one  has  so  many  as  he;  I  saw  i>^<txu 
both  j  is  it  they  ?  I  did  not  think  of  it ;  what  o'clock  is  it  ? 
ten  minutes  to  nine ;  half  an  hour  too  late ;  how  many  miles 
a  day  ?  send  for  the  doctor ;  95  horses ;  better  than  I ;  your 
joke  is  ill  timed ;  the  time  is  up. 

3.  Give  a  list  of  the  interrogative  pronouns  and  adjectives, 
and  examples  of  their  use. 

4.  Parse — relues,  surfis,  ^teintes,  produisimes,  ddtint, 
repars. 

5.  Which  is  correct — ^je  protfege,  or  je  protege;  je  pro- 
tbgerai,  or  je  prot^gerai  \  je  hais,  or  je  hais? 

6.  Translate — 

1.  Go  and  fetch  my  carriage. 

2.  I  am  coming  to  take  a  walk  with  you. 

3.  How  many  men  have  you  seen  ? 

4.  We  must  always  speak  the  truth. 

5.  They  were  wounding  each  other. 


92  French  Examination  Papers. 

6.  They  sent  me  some  very  magnificent  presents. 

7.  He  has  grown  very  old. 

7.  Which  are  etymologically  more  correct— di sons,  faisons, 
or — dites,  faites?     Explain. 

8.  Give  the  present  infinitive  of,  and  translate — d{i,  cru, 
su,  n^,  ^mu,  valant,  asseyerai,  peint. 


xciir 

1.  How  do  you  form  compound  substantives  in  French? 

2.  Give  the  second  person  plural  of  each  tense  of  con- 
nattre  and  accueillir. 

3.  Construct  sentences  to  show  when  celui  and  cdui-ci 
are  respectively  to  be  used  to  translate  the  demonstrative 
pronouns  this  or  thai. 

4.  Give  a  list  of  the  relative  pronouns  in  French.  When 
\s  oil  used  as  a  relative  pronoun  ?     Give  examples. 

5.  Translate — half  an  hour;  an  hour  and  a  half;  last 
year,  the  last  year ;  a  dear  book,  an  expensive  book ;  a  big 
man,  a  great  man;  a  good  man,  a  simple  man. 

6.  What  is  the  difference  between  oui  and  si  (yes)  ? 

7.  Translate — 

1.  Je  suis  alt^r^. 

2.  Je  suis  chang^. 

3.  Vous  manquez  de  parole. 

4.  Donnez  k  boire  k  ce  monsieur. 

5.  Je  suis  bien  pressd 

6.  Allez  votre  train. 

7.  Combien  gagnez-vous,  bon  an  mal  an? 

8.  Cela  ne  pent  se  rendre  en  fran9ais. 


FrcTuh  Examination  Papers.  93 

8.  Parse — offerts,  acqu!mes,  paraissez,  dort. 

9.  What  is  the  old  form  of  evoir  in  recevoir  ? 


XCIV. 

1.  What  is  the  gender  of  substantives  ending  in  -ance, 
-age,  -eur,  -sion,  -euse,  -aut  ? 

2.  Form  the  feminine  of — comte,  ma!tre,  inventeur, 
chanteur,  tuteur,  cochon,  mulet,  abb^  contigu,  nouveau-n^, 
romain,  gallois,  paien,  demi,  fripon  ;  and  the  plural  of  cure- 
dents,  contre-poison,  vaisseau,  contrevent,  pourboire,  loup- 
garou,  hopital. 

3.  Give  the  first  person  singular  and  plural  of  the  imper- 
fect subjunctive  of — prendre,  rire,  suivre,  naitre,  croire 
croitre,  craindre ;  and  the  past  participle  of  the  same 
verbs. 

4.  Do  you  know  any  rules  for  the  agreement  of  nu,  demt^ 
feu,  with  their  substantive  ?     Give  examples. 

5.  Give  the  rules,  with  examples,  for  the  use  of  ce  and  il 
with  est  and  sont, 

6.  Translate — 

1.  Where  are  my  books?     I  have  sent  them  to  your 

grandfather. 

2.  To  what  do  you  allude  ? 

3.  These  are  ten  francs  a  hundred. 

4.  She  is  poorer  than  you  think. 

5.  You  and  I  will  do  this. 

6.  The  two  armies  fought  bravely. 

7.  What  is  the  origin  of  the  terminations  of  the  four  con- 
jugations ? 


94  French  Examination  Papers. 

8.  Distinguish  between — the  bribe  and  la  bribe;  the 
mare,  la  mare ;  the  coin,  le  coin ;  the  prime,  la  prime ;  the 
editor,  I'^diteurj  the  conservatoiy,  le  conservatoire;  the 
plate,  le  plat 

XC7. 

1.  Give  the  plural  feminine  of — fou,  pareil,  jaloux,  vieillot, 
trompeur,  m^chant,  tigre,  ane. 

2.  Translate — such  a  noise ;  so  much  money ;  you  are 
wrong;  I  am  cold;  my  teeth  ache;  this  is  cheap;  mind 
your  own  business ;  from  day  to  day ;  you  cannot  help  it ; 
everybody ;  he  does  his  best ;  to  translate  at  sight ;  on  the 
whole. 

3 .  Give  the  rules  for  the  agreement  of  the  present  parti- 
ciple in  French,  with  examples. 

4.  Write  the  infinitive  and  participles  of — craignis,  faites, 
^crivons,  croissons,  meuvent,  mourns,  r^solvez,  bdnissais, 
reparait. 

5.  When  is  que  used  for  quand,  afin  que,  si?  Give 
examples. 

6.  Translate— 

I.  Wise  men  do  not  trust  hypocrites, 

s.  I  have  been  four  years  in  London. 

3.  I  should  much  like  to  see  you. 

4.  They  met  with  a  curious  man  in  front  of  the 

opera. 

5.  To  laugh  is  better  than  to  weep. 

6.  I  am  sorry  for  you. 

7.  I  have  ordered  the  servant  to  wake  us  at  half-past 

seven. 


French  Examination  Papers.  95 

8.  The  punishments  inflicted  were  severe. 

9.  The  rules  you  have  learnt  are  very  useful. 

7.  Give  the  English  equivalents  of^-il  vit  au  jour le  jour; 
nous  n'y  allons  pas  de  main  morte ;  vous  etes  n^  coiff(6 ;  il 
a  mis  son  bonnet  de  travers;  faire  des  chateaux  en  Espagne. 


XCVI. 

1.  Give  the  first  person  singular  of  each  simple  tense  of 
valoir  \  and  the  primary  parts  of — ceindre,  parcourir,  devenir, 
apparaitre,  permettre. 

2.  Show  the  mistakes  in  the  following — 

1 .  EUe  s'est  cass^e  sa  jambe. 

2.  Ces  enfants  nous  ont  ob^is. 

3.  Je  le  vois  venant. 

4.  AUez  et  cherchez  pour  mon  ardoise. 

5.  C'est  moi  qui  vous  le  dit. 

3.  What  construction  follows  the  verbs — craindre,  ne  pas 
douter,  empecher  ?     Give  examples. 

4.  What  is  the  rule  for  the  agreement  of  the  past  parti- 
ciples used  with  ^tre  ?    Give  examples. 

5.  Give  the  plural  of — bal,  gouvemail,  bail,  coffre-fort, 
arc-en-ciel,  tete-k-tete,  ton  ceil,  il  prend,  il  vaut,  qu'il  vit,  il 
sait. 

6.  What,  according  to  etymology,  would  be  the  more 
correct  form  of — rire,  lisons,  r^pondre,  plaire,  mordre  ? 

7.  Translate — 

1.  That  cannot  be. 

2.  If  you  knew  what   I   know,  you   would    be    in 

despair. 


96  French  Examinatio7i  Papers, 


3.  How  pleased  I  am  to  see  you  ! 

4.  I  am  going  to  bed  now,  and  shall  see  you  again 

at  breakfast. 

5.  He  has  not  promised  them  to  us. 

6.  What  a  stupid  fellow  you  are  ! 

7.  We  have  two  half  holidays  a  week. 


XCVII. 

1.  Give  verbs  derived  from — ^jaune,  vert,  jeune,long,  d^sir; 
adverbs  from — aveugle,  diffus,  uniforme ;  and  state  in  which 
of  the  following  the  h  is  aspirate — homme,  h^ros,  habit, 
heure,  hair,  habile,  haut,  histoire,  haie,  halle,  heurter,  hiver. 

2.  Is  the  use  of  the  present  participle  in  French  as  frequent 
as  in  English  ?     Illustrate  your  answer  by  two  examples. 

3.  Give  a  list  of  conjunctions  with  the  construction  they 
require. 

4.  Translate — nearly ;  let  me  alone  ;  as  for  you ;  go 
away ;  at  first ;  better  than  that ;  I  am  of  age ;  very  cheap  ; 
he  burst  out  laughing ;  at  full  speed ;  shake  hands ;  how  is 
your  father  ?  groping ;  never  mind  that  \  early ;  late ;  come, 
come  !  literally. 

5.  Give  the  feminine  of — trompeur,  prophbte,  prince,  ane, 
adulateur,  baron,  compagnon  ;  and  the  singular  of — noix, 
maux,  cieux,  yeux,  les  oranges,  messieurs. 

6.  Construct  sentences  containing  the  words — tel,  il  faut, 
k  moins  que. 

7.  Translate — 

1.  Quoi  qu*il  en  soit 

2.  Cela  se  peut  bien. 


French  Examination  Papers.  97 


3.  II  vous  sied  bien  de  faire  cela. 

4.  II  n'y  a  que  le  premier  pas  qui  coiite. 

5.  C'est  on  ne  peut  mieux. 


XCVIII. 

1.  Give,  with  examples,  some  idiomatic  uses  of  the  defi- 
nite article  in  French. 

2.  How  do  you  generally  translate — of,  from,  by,  with, 
after  an  adjective?     Give  examples. 

3.  Write  the  first  person  plural  of  each  tense  of  vaincre ; 
and  give  in  full  the  present  subjunctive  of  rire. 

4.  Give  the  feminine  of — gouverneur,  hdros,  lecteur,  in- 
gdnu,  citoyen,  majeur;  the  plural  of — petit-pois,  garde- 
manger,  caillou ;  the  gender  of — poire,  pomme,  huile,  mer ; 
and  form  verbs  from — grand,  dpais,  frais,  doux,  clair. 

5.  Translate — tout  k  Theure ;  pas  du  tout;  pas  grand'- 
chose  ;  par  hasard ;  nous  sommes  de  trop  ;  vous  I'emportez 
sur  moi ;  ne  vous  emportez  pas  ;  elle  a  une  belle  taille ;  elle 
a  une  belle  figure ;  avez-vous  pay^  votre  terme  ? 

6.  Translate — 

1.  He  has  lost  his  right  leg. 

2.  Whatever  mistakes  he  has  made,  he  wants  to  do 

what  is  just. 

3.  The  younger  a  man  is,  the  more  energetic  he 

ought  to  be. 

4.  We  see  him  every  other  day. 

5.  Whose  turn  is  it  to  answer?     Mine. 

6.  She  is  a  charming  woman. 

7.  He  sat  there,  book  in  hand,  waiting  till  I  spoke. 

H 


98  French  Examination  Papers. 


xcix. 

1.  Construct  sentences  containing  the  words — demi, 
capable,  avant,  devant,  point. 

2.  Translate — a  fine  man;  a  red  coat;  a  high  mountain; 
a  little  boy ;  a  magnificent  picture ;  the  magnificent  picture 
of  this  artist ;  castles  in  the  air ;  to  burst  into  tears  ;  by  fits 
and  starts;  to  shake  hands;  your  watch  is  slow;  on  the 
whole ;  a  practical  joke. 

3.  Give  the  plural  of — pied-k-terre,  avant-coureur,  garde- 
fou,  tdte-k-t6te,  f^odal,  ciel. 

4.  Give  the  present  participle  and  first  person  of  present 
and  imperfect  subjunctive  of — vaincre,  traire,  rire,  r^soudre, 
paitre. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  What  is  this  man  saying?     He  says  the  Austrians 

have  been  defeated. 

2.  Have  y oil  given  him  it  yet  ? 

3.  What  are  you  talking  about  ? 

4.  How  sweet  this  flower  smells  I 

5.  I  don't  like  people  who  talk  like  that. 

6.  The  late  queen  was  a  good  mother. 

7.  They  were  walking  barefoot. 

6.  Can  you  give  any  rule  for  the  change  of  oi  into  ev  in 
the  third  conjugation?  What  is  the  difference  between — 
le  poison,  le  poisson ;  le  coup,  le  cou,  le  co^t ;  viser,  visser ; 
traltre,  traiteur ;  dormir,  s'endormir. 

7 .  Translate — c'est  sur  le  tapis ;  venez  tel  quel ;  il  tient 
de  sa  mbre ;  qu'k  cela  ne  tienne ;  nous  marchons  bon  train ; 
etre  k  tu  et  k  toi ;  il  ne  sait  pas  vivre ;  voyons. 


French  Examination  Papers,  99 


1.  Point  out  the  mistakes  in  the  following — 

1.  II  est  facile  k  dire. 

2.  Y  vas. 

3.  J'irai  avec  vous  quoique  je  suis  fatigu^, 

4.  N'irez-vous  pas?     Oui. 

5.  Je  suis  ici  depuis  une  demie  heure. 

6.  Ce  gateau  vaut  deux  francs  un  livre. 

2.  What  is  the  rule  for  the  agreement  of  the  past  participle 
of  reflexive  verbs  with  the  object?  Translate — she  has  cut 
herself;  she  has  cut  her  hand. 

3.  Translate — entente  cordiale;  nonchalance;  juste  mi- 
Heu;  laisser-aller;  I'^tat  c'est  moi;  cela  vient  k  point;  raison 
de  plus ;  il  I'a  pris  k  la  vol^e ;  vous  ne  savez  rien  de  rien ; 
menus  plaisirs ;  prendre  la  lune  avec  les  dents ;  vous  n'en 
pouvez  mais ;  malgrd  lui ;  mele-toi  de  tes  affaires. 

4.  Translate — 

1.  Do  you  think  he  will  do  this? 

2.  I  wish  you  to  come  here. 

3.  I  wrote  to  him  yesterday. 

4.  Where  are  the  pens  ?     I  have  broken  them. 

5.  These  children  please  my  mother. 

6.  I  have  sent  it  to  them. 

5.  Derive — vert,  mener,  Ik;  and  explain  from  Latin  the 
agreement  of  the  participle  in — les  lettres  que  j'ai  ^crites. 

6.  Distinguish  between — r^pondre  k,  r^pondre  de ;  il  en 
faut  beaucouD,  il  s'en  faut  beaucoup ;  servir  k,  servir  de ; 
veiller  k,  veiller  sur ;  chaud,  chaleureux ;  en  pension,  k  la 
pension ;  continuer  k,  continuer  de. 


lOO  French  Examination  Papers, 

7.  Can  you  lay  down  any  rules  for  the  agreement  of  the 
verb  with  "  collective  "  nouns  ?    Give  some  examples. 

CL 

1.  On  distingue  cinq  sortes  de  pronoms;  nommez-les  et 
donnez  un  exemple  de  chaque  sorte. 

2.  Traduisez  en  anglais — il  gagne  sa  vie  k  ecrire  \  je  n'ai 
pu  gagner  cela  sur  lui ;  le  sommeil  commengait  k  me  gagner; 
il  faut  gagner  le  grand  chemin  pour  arriver  \  ce  village; 
aussitot  qu'il  nous  vit,  il  gagna  au  pied. 

3.  Traduisez  en  fran^ais — you  will  never  master  these 
disobedient  children;  the  work  is  greater  than  they  can 
master;  evil  customs  must  be  mastered  by  degrees;  he 
suffers  from  a  distemper  difficult  to  be  mastered ;  you  will 
soon  master  this  language. 

4.  What  was  the  original  termination  of  recevoirf  In 
what  parts  of  recevoir  does  it  appear  ? 

5.  Give  general  rules  for  the  gender  of  substantives  de- 
rived from  Latin.  State  some  exceptions  and  give  any 
reason  for  them. 

6.  Name  the  conjunctions  for  which  you  substitute  que  in 
the  second  part  of  a  subordinate  clause.     Give  examples. 

7.  Give  infinitive  present  of — il  essaie,  nous  dormons,  il 
meurt,  je  tiendrai,  je  pourvois,  tu  sauras,  ils  boivent. 

CII. 

I.  Introduisez  le  mot  quelqiie  dans  chacune  de  ces 
phrases — 

I. ennemis  que  vous  ayez,  vous  triompherez. 


French  Examination  Papers,  loi 

2.  J'ai  rencontr^ vingt  personnes. 

2.  In  what  different  ways  can  you  translate  with  in 
French  ?  Translate — they  died  with  cold  ;  he  will  be  satis- 
fied with  you ;  the  book  abounds  with  mistakes ;  they  went 
with  us ;  he  filled  the  cask  with  water. 

3.  Translate — 

1.  I  have  found  it  in  this  apartment. 

2.  The  enemy,  struck  with  alarm,  fled. 

3.  That  invasion  struck  all  the  nations  with  tear. 

4.  I  do  not  like  his  being  disturbed. 

5.  One  takes  coffee,  the  others  take  tea. 

6.  That  woman  is  poor,  that  one  is  rich ;   but  the 

poor  one  is  the  happier, 

4.  How  do  you  explain  the  iss  in  Jlorissats,  and  the  ab- 
sence of  iss  in  sentais  f 

5.  Give  the  derivation  of  the  pronoun  on.  What  is  its 
gender?    Give  examples. 

6.  Translate  the  following  phrases,  and  refer  them  to 
rules — there  are  trees ;  will  there  be  any  tall  trees  ?  there 
were  no  trees  ;  there  should  not  be  so  many  trees. 

7.  Give  the  English  equivalents  of  the  following  phrases — 

1.  II  faut  s'ex^cuter. 

2.  II  faut  avoir  un  oeil  aux  champs  et  Tautre  k  la 

ville. 

3.  La  lune  rousse. 

4.  Le  bateau  prend  le  large. 

j5.  Prenez  un  doigt  de   vin  et   mettez  un   ceil   de 
poudre. 


I02  French  Examination  Papers, 


CIII. 

1.  What  is  the  origin  and  use  of  the  circumflex  accent  in 
French  ? 

2.  Translate — have  we  not  seen  ?  shall  we  not  fear  r  we 
should  have  gone ;  you  would  have  offered ;  we  shall  have 
sat  \  he  was  saying ;  go  away  j  stand  straight ;  whose  turn  is 
it  ?  how  often?  every  other  day ;  as  for  me ;  in  all  respects ; 
all  right ;  I  say  1  it  snows. 

3.  Give  some  French  words  in  which  the  middle  t  is 
quite  mute,  and  some  in  which  the  final  /  is  liquid. 

4.  Give  any  proofs  you  can  of  the  close  connection  be- 
tween the  Latin  and  French  languages. 

5.  Translate — \  faire  peur;  qui  vive?  s'il  ne  tient  qu'k 
cela ;  dites-moi  le  prix  au  plus  juste ;  cela  ne  fait  rien ;  en 
plein  jour;  rien  du  tout;  sain  et  sauf;  ventre  \  terre;  un 
billet  d'aller  et  de  retour;  cela  ne  me  convient  pas;  j'en 
conviens  ;  vous  m'avez  mal  entendu. 

6.  Translate — 

I.  You  are  looking  very  ill;  you  ought  to  see  the 

doctor, 
a.  What  is  the  matter  ?    It  does  not  matter. 

3.  What   does   that   expression   mean   you   used   a 

minute  ago  ? 

4.  I  can't  make  out  what  time  it  is. 

7.  Write  the  past  participle  of — bouillir,  couvrir,  con- 
qudrir,  sortir,  vetir,  souffrir,  conduire,  s'en  alier,  craindre, 
mordre. 


French  Examination  Papers.  103 


CIV. 

1.  How  do  you  form  the  plural  of  substantives  ending  in 
s,  X,  z?   Just' fy  the  rule  philologically. 

2.  Give  the  principal  terminations  of  French  substantives, 
with  their  significations. 

3.  Give  a  short  account  of  the  origin  of  the  French  lan- 
guage. 

4.  Write  the  English  of — certain  ;  maint ;  ne  gubre  ; 
perdre  la  t^te ;  manquer ;  au  comble ;  au  pied  de  la  lettre  ; 
un  pis-aller;  se  mettre  sur  son  s^ant;  faire  bon  manage; 
manager  la  chbvre  et  le  chou ;  faire  de  son  mieux ;  trbs  peu 
de  monde ;  vous  vous  en  mordrez  les  doigts. 

5.  Parse — sachions,  vaincue,  dort,  aies. 

6.  Translate — 

1.  That  is  a  matter  of  course. 

2.  Pray  be  seated ;  continue  to  write. 

3.  What  do  they  say?    They  say  "  no.*' 

4.  I  have  sent  her  away  ;  she  looked  ill. 

5.  What  are  you  taking  that  for? 

6.  It  wants  three  minutes  to  five;   let  us  start  at 

once. 

7.  When  is  the  personal  pronoun,  used  as  a  direct  or  in- 
direct object,  to  be  repeated  in  French?  Translate — I  say 
it  to  you  who  can  understand  me. 

8.  Translate — you  are  right ;  it  is  all  right ;  I  shall  defend 
my  rights  \  go  to  the  right ;  all  right ;  may  I  trouble  you  ? 
it  is  not  ^orth  the  trouble  ;  my  word  of  honour  ;  I  will  send 
him  word ;  he  has  broken  his  word ;  spell  this  word. 


I04  French  Examination  Papers, 


cv. 

1.  Write  in  full  the  present  indicative  of  ^—manger,  achever, 
jeter. 

2.  Show  the  mistakes  in — 

1.  Les  enfants  nous  ont  d^sob^is. 

2.  Je  le  vois  venant. 

3.  Pensez  de  moi  quand  je  suis  parti. 

4.  Je  vous  souviens  trbs  bien. 

3.  Give  some  French  compound  prepositions. 

4.  Translate — 

1.  I  heard  her  singing  a  beautiful  song. 

2.  When  you  see  your  brother,  tell  him  to  come  and 

speak  to  me. 

3.  To  see  a  beautiful  picture  is  a  great  pleasure. 

4.  What  is  meant  by  this  sentence  ? 

5.  Man  proposes  and  God  disposes. 

6.  Talking  of  that,  did  you  see  how  pale  she  looked 

when  I  met  her  ? 

5.  Give  the  derivation  of — serai,  mieux,  maison,  loin, 
livrer.  Give  some  instances  of  the  Latin  a  becoming  e  in 
French. 

6.  Translate — un  pied-k-terre  ;  voilk  ou  en  sont  les  choses ; 
allons  done ;  cet  homme  a  la  tete  montde ;  de  plus  en  plus  ; 
il  ne  fait  rien ;  il  se  fait  tard ;  il  est  d^fendu  de  fumer  ici ; 
se  mettre  en  tete ;  exprbs  j  dites  done  !  dites  toujours;  c'est 
k  dire  ;  pour  ainsi  dire ;  ventre  k  terre. 

7.  Give  feminine  of — ^jumeau,  attentif,  le  sien,  pobte, 
auteur,  juif. 


French  Examination  Papers.  105 


cvi. 

1.  Form  sentences  containing  the  words — auprfes,  derribre, 
depuis,  gagner,  succdder,  Tun  et  I'autre. 

2.  Give  the  third  person  singular  of  the  imperfect  subjunc- 
tive of — venir,  savoir,  naitre,  recevoir,  acqu^rir,  mouvoir, 
lire,  rire,  frire,  vivre. 

3.  From  what  languages,  besides  Latin,  has  the  French 
language  derived  its  vocabulary  ? 

4.  Give  some  examples  in  French  of  the  insertion  of  re- 
petition of  pronouns  and  articles  where  the  "English  omit 
them. 

5.  How  do  you  explain  the  /in  aime-t-ili 

6.  Translate — 

1.  I  see  your  sister  coming. 

2.  He  has  just  gone  out ;  I  am  just  going  out. 

3.  Although  he  says  so,  you  must  not  believe  him. 

4.  He  travels  like  a  prince. 

5.  What  is  the  good  of  it  ? 

6.  Explain  it  to  me,  I  beg  of  you. 

7.  I  made  him  go. 

7.  Translate — I'histoire  du  vieux  caissier  m*a  pr^occup^ 
tons  ces  jours-ci ;  elle  est  venue  s'ajouter  aux  reflexions  que 
m'avait  inspir^es  mon  reve. 

Account  for  the  gender  and  number  of  prkoccupk^  venue, 
inspirees  ;  and  state  in  what  case  are  me  before  a  and  me  be- 
fore avail. 

8.  Form  the  feminine  of — particulier,  ouvert,  patient, 
tailleur,  trivial,  transitif,  r^conciliateur,  v^nal ;  and  form  ad- 
verbs from — patient,  partiel,  net. 


io6  French  Examination  Papers, 

9.  Translate — this  is  not  done  here ;  how  is  your  name 
spelt  ?  this  house  is  to  be  sold ;  I  saw  them  stealing ;  I  saw 
them  stolen ;  how  is  your  sister  ?  all  right ;  here  we  are. 


CVII. 

1.  In  which  of  the  following  words  is  the  h  aspirate — 
hirondelle,  h^ros,  heroine,  hasard,  hiver,  homicide,  halle, 
Hongrie,  humble,  herbe,  Havre,  honte? 

2.  Give  the  plural  of — mou,  cordial,  taille,  neveu,  bleu, 
canal,  canaille,  relief,  rdveil,  Circassian. 

3.  Give  the  feminine  of — p^rilleux,  passif,  veuf,  vert, 
v^reux,  viager,  voyageur,  vermeil,  turc,  napolitain. 

4.  Translate — 

1.  Some  one  asks  for  you,  who  is  it  ? 

2.  Mahomet   the   Second   took   Constantinople  on 

the  24th  of  May,  in  the  1453rd  year  of  the 
Christian  era. 

3.  Candidates  must  not  help  each  other. 

4.  There  will  be  no  difficulty. 

5.  Let  us  consent  to  it;  you  and  I  will  gain  by  it. 

6.  We  saw  you  \  did  you  not  see  us  ?  we  were  behind 

you. 

7.  Was  there  ever  a  greater  misery  ? 

5.  Give  the  derivation  of — chanteur,  donner,  conter, 
grenouille,  go^lt,  fils,  gdant,  mais,  tel. 

6.  How  is  the  pronoun  it  to  be  translated  in  French 
after  oriy  withy  by^  from  ?  Translate — what  do  you  mean 
by  it? 


French  Examination  Papers,  107 

7.  Give  the  present  participle  of — dis,  connus,  fuis,  acquis, 
contins,  assis,  sus,  pus,  bus,  tus,  ris,  v^cu,  prltes. 

8.  Name  some  prepositions  which  are  in  reality  participles. 
Give  some  adjectives  compounded  with  hien^  moL 


CVIII. 

1.  Give  the  rules,  with  examples,  for  the  agreement  of  the 
idjective  with  gens. 

2.  Derive  adverbs,  verbs,  and  substantives  from — large, 
grand,  faux;  and  adjectives  from — Anbrage,  revolution, 
soup9on. 

3.  Can  you  explain  the  form  of  the  future  of  savoirf 
Give  the  first  person  plural  present  indicative  of — voyager, 
copier,  surprendre,  assaillir,  m^dire,  proscrire. 

4.  Construct  sentences  containing  the  words — chaque, 
chacun,  se  rappeler,  se  souvenir,  largeur,  en  retard,  d'ou, 
quant. 

5.  Translate — this  is  not  spelt  so;  how  is  your  name 
spelt  ?  gold  is  found  in  Australia ;  what  I  see ;  I  have  read 
your  letter  and  your  brother's ;  you  have  crushed  my  finger ; 
I  have  had  this  book  bound ;  I  am  very  hot ;  what  pleases 
me. 

6.  Show  the  difference  between — to  hiss  and  hisser ;  the 
patient  and  le  patient ;  the  rent  and  la  rente ;  to  rest  and 
rester ;  to  reply  and  replier. 

7.  Distinguish  between — oui,  oui ;  aveuglement,  aveugld- 
ment;  croit,  crott;  mit,  mit;  mur,  mdr;  jeune,  jeQne; 
p^cheur,  p^cheur  :  aprbs,  Upres ;  quoique,  quoi  que ;  parce- 


io8  French  Examination  Papers. 

que,  par  ce  que ;  j'cntends  que  vous  rinterrompez ;  j'entends 
que  vous  rinterrompiez. 

8.  Translate — il  va  se  marier ;  il  n'ira  pas  loin  ;  cela  vous 
va-t-il?  allez  !  allons  done  !  il  va  venir;  va  1  va-t'en;  pis- 
aller ;  les  affaires  ne  vont  pas ;  k  la  d^rob^e ;  argent  comp- 
tant ;  k  la  nage ;  vous  vous  moquez ;  fermer  la  porte  au  nez. 


CIX. 

1.  Give  the  plural  of — opdra,  g^n^ral,  clou,  ^ventail,  roi, 
jeu,  hotel,  amen,  ce  gros  chou-fleur,  quel  joli  rdveille-matin. 

2.  Form  the  masculine  of — cantatrice,  maligne,  d^esse, 
directrice ;  and  the  feminine  of — pecheur,  neveu,  tiers,  due, 
Henri,  nbgre,  aigu,  parisien,  roux,  vigoureux,  prochain. 

3.  Give  the  second  person  singular  present  indicative  and 
subjunctive  of — vaincre,  ouvrir,  changer,  valoir,  crder ;  and 
the  present  and  past  participles  of — absoudre,  falloir,  facher, 
croitre,  vieillir. 

4.  Distinguish  between  the  meaning  of  the  following  when 
they  are  masculine  and  when  they  are  feminine — p^riode, 
souris,  poste,  mode,  tour,  faux. 

5.  What  are  the  genders  and  meanings  of— guerre,  para- 
pluie,  role,  foire,  orage,  misfere? 

6.  Translate — 

1.  Nous  venons  k  Paris ;  nous  venons  de  Londres  ; 

nous  venons  de  chanter. 

2.  II  fait  mal ;  cela  fait  mal ;  qu'est-ce  que  cela  me 

fait?  faites-les  entrer;   faites-leur  savoir  cette 
nouvelie. 


French  Examination  Papers,  109 

7.  Translate — we  owe  you  many  thanks ;  they  are  to  speak 
at  once;  about  ten,  about  fifty;  we  write  to  our  friends 
the  fourth  of  each  month ;  they  answer  us  on  the  four- 
teenth ;  have  they  any  school  friends  ?  let  us  not  betray 
family  secrets  ;  he  was  a  cavalry  general ;  this  is  a  stone 
building. 


ex. 

1.  Show  the  mistakes  in — 

1.  L'ennemi  a  tir^  quelques  mille  coups  de  canon. 

2.  Quelque  bons  traducteurs  qu'il  sont,  ils  ne  com. 

prendront  pas  ce  passage. 

3.  EUe  s'est  couple  la  main. 

2.  Give  some  verbs  whose  past  participle  always  remains 
invariable. 

3.  Give  adverbs   derived  from — glorieux,   gentil,  franc, 
public,  pareil,  vrai,  vif,  violent. 

4.  Translate — 

1.  What  do  you  order  them  to  do? 

2.  We  beg  you  to  come  and  dine. 

3.  If  I  fall,  avenge  me. 

4.  We  must  keep  quiet. 

5.  They  have  remained  here.     Stay  and  rest  a  little. 

6.  Most  of  them  will  stay. 

7.  All  these  good  people  were  attentive. 

8.  Where  does  your  brother  live?   when  will  your 

friend  come  ?  how  much  did  this  book  cost  ? 

9.  The  heat  we  have  had  has  been  excessive. 

5.  Rendez  en  anglais — vous  manquez  de  perseverance; 


no  French  Examination  Papers, 

vous  manquez  k  vos  parents ;  ne  manquez  pas  k  la  reunion  j 
que  vous  manque-t-il  ?  vous  avez  manqu^  votre  vocation. 

6.  Give  the  derivation  of— je,  aurai,  cheval,  aujourd'hui, 
demi,  d^jk,  cruel,  chaque,  casser,  frele,  chdtif. 

7.  Translate — give  it  him;  be  off;  we  must  leave  at 
seven  ;  I  want  my  book ;  it  is  cold  this  morning ;  here  are 
300  francs ;  the  letter  he  has  written ;  it  is  windy. 


CXI. 

1.  **  The  French  language  is  above  all  things  precise  and 
clear,  even  at  the  risk  of  superfluity."     Explain  this. 

2.  Translate — en  famille;  enfant  g^t^;  en  plein  jour; 
fagon  de  parler ;  fait  accompli ;  faux  pas ;  penchant ;  soi- 
disant ;  tant  mieux ;  piquant ;  parole  d'honneur ;  beau 
monde;  insouciance;  rendez-vous;  tot  ou  tard;  petit-fils; 
\  propos. 

3.  Construct  sentences  containing  the  words — pardonner, 
obdir,  boire  k,  en  appeler  k. 

4.  What  is  the  origin  of  the  termination  ai  in  the  French 
future  ? 

5.  Translate — 

1.  "  My  best  work,"  said  Voltaire,  **  is  the  little  good 

I  have  done." 

2.  Do  you  dine  at  seven  ?    We  shall  not  be  ready  in 

time.     Let  us  make  haste. 

3.  I  should  much  like  to  know  why  he  is  keeping  us 

waiting. 

4.  This  is  the  actress  whom  I  saw  playing  at  the 

theatre 


French  Examination  Papers,  1 1 1 

6.  When  do  you  translate  tmvards  by  vers^  and  when  by 
envers  ?  Translate — he  came  towards  me ;  be  good  to  rards 
your  parents ;  towards  the  end  of  next  year. 

7.  Give  the  primary  parts  of — proscrire,  redire,  surprendre, 
enclore,  consentir,  saillir,  assaillir ;  and  the  present  indica- 
tive of — loger  and  essuyer. 

8.  Distinguish  between  the  meanings  of  the  following, 
according  as  each  is  masculine  or  feminine — aigle,  aide, 
crepe,  moule,  pupille,  vapeur. 


CXIL 

1.  When  do  the  French  insert  a  negative  when  the 
English  form  is  affirmative  ? 

2.  Give  the  masculine  of — replbte,  pareille,  douce,  crain- 
tive,  publique;  the  singular  of — ^gaux,  tous,  vitraux,  yeux, 
maux;  and  the  genders  of — intention,  difficult^,  lumi^re, 
bois,  chene,  flamme,  genou,  nuit. 

3.  Give,  with  examples,  the  adjectival  and  adverbial  uses 
of  tout  and  m^tne. 

4.  In  what  different  ways  can  you  translate  to  and  for  in 
French  ?    Give  examples. 

5.  Translate— je  me  moque  de  vos  mots ;  faire  la  sourde 
oreille ;  je  retourne  sur  mes  pas ;  il  est  en  pension ;  il  est  ^ 
la  pension ;  cet  homme  est  sous  la  remise ;  batterie  de 
cuisine ;  la  nuit  porte  conseil ;  un  outrecuidant ;  c'est  outr^; 
k  livre  ouvert ;  je  ne  saurais  me  passer  de  vous. 

6.  Translate — 

1.  It  is  what  she  likes  best. 

2.  He  is  a  young  man  full  of  courage. 


112  French  Examination  Papers, 

3.  He  is  full  of  the  courage  necessary  for  a  soldier. 

4.  Our  drawing-room  is  twenty  feet  broad. 

5.  I  am  richer  than  they  think. 

6.  He  has  not  promised  them  to  them 

7.  You  will  get  paid  if  you  can  wait. 

8.  Here  is  that  pretty  song;  I  heard  it  sung  last 

week. 

7.  Give  in  full  the  present  indicative  of— faillir,  fuir, 
asseoir  {two  ways\  d^choir.  Write  the  primary  parts  of— 
d^plaire,  exclure. 

8.  Form  adjectives  from — tromper,  mer,  sel,  courage, 
penser;  substantives  from — ^jambe,  large,  honnete,  hardi, 
ferme,  chanter,  courir. 

CXIII. 

1.  Give,  with  examples,  the  chief  uses  of  the  subjunctive 
in  French. 

2.  Write  the  first  and  second  persons  of  each  indicative 
tense  oi permettre^  and  all  the  parts  of  seoir. 

3.  Give  the  plural  of — travail,  vantail,  chateau,  clou,  moi, 
tu  veux,  il  vit,  il  sait ;  and  the  feminine  of — marquis,  fon- 
dateur,  loup,  canard,  s^datif,  pretre,  ambigu,  vague,  correct, 
immortel,  violet. 

4.  Translate — give  me  some ;  take  a  walk  there ;  each 
child;  about  12,000  men;  quite  mad;  we  were  wrong; 
here  is  your  hat ;  I  saw  him  in  the  street ;  he  will  be 
twenty-one  to-morrow ;  be  quick ;  obey  your  father ;  I  can- 
not stand  it ;  I  cannot  help  it. 

5.  How  do  you  translate — the  brave  and  illustrious 
general  1    Give  the  rule  applicable  to  such  cases. 


French  Examination  Papers.  113 

6.  Translate — 

1.  I  do  not  know  what  you  are  thinking  o£ 

2.  Which  of  these  grammars  do  you  prefer  ? 

3.  I  have  only  sixpence,  and  I  shall  save  some  more 

before  spending  it. 

4.  Whatever  vices  he  may  have,  he  is  one  of  my 

friends. 

5.  Good  and  wicked  men  are  here. 

6.  It  is  getting  late. 

7.  Explain  the  difference  between — le  manche,  la  manche ; 
le  trompette,  la  trompette ;  le  vase,  la  vase ;  le  mort,  la 
mort  j  retoumer,  revenir,  rendre. 

8.  Account  for  the  x  in  cMteaux,  the  /  in  a-t-il^  the  e  in 
espace,  the  ai  in  aimerai, 

9.  Translate — avoir  la  t^te  pr^s  du  bonnet ;  le  mieux  est 
I'ennemi  du  bien ;  k  tout  prendre ;  qui  vive  ?  11  en  raffole  ; 
il  entend  raillerie;  raison  de  plus;  rangez-vous;  cela 
saute  aux  yeux ;  serrer  la  main  k  un  ami 


C3CIV. 

1.  Write  in  full  the  present  indicative  of — redevoir,  vouloir, 
suffire,  coudre,  joindre. 

2.  What  is  the  difference  between — 

1.  II  arrivera  en  trois  jours. 
II  arrivera  dans  trois  jours. 

2.  II  a  fini  de  manger. 
II  a  fini  par  manger. 

3.  Translate — un  verre  de  vin ;  unverrekvin;  n*importe; 
c'est  ^gal ;  de  jour  en  jour ;  tout  k  I'heure  ;  tout  k  vous ;  ^ 

1 


1 14  French  Examination  Papers. 

I'heure  \  il  est  en  retard ;  il  se  fait  tuer ;  il  laisse  tomber ; 
tot  ou  tard ;  parfois ;  p^le-mele ;  \  tatons ;  n^annioms ; 
nagubre ;  au  pied  de  la  lettre ;  une  mauvaise  plaisanterie. 

4.  Distinguish  between — le  mode,  la  mode;  le  page,  la 
page ;  le  livre,  la  livre ;  le  pendule,  la  pendule ;  le  voile,  la 
voile. 

5.  Translate — 

i»  He  is  cleverer  than  you  think. 

2.  He  said  that  for  want  of  something  better. 

3.  He  is  younger  than  I  by  many  years. 

4.  They  have  repented  of  their  folly. 

5.  You  shall  have  all  that  is  in  my  purse. 

6.  Which  is  the  older  form — beau  or  bell  Was  fep'ee 
formerly  correct  grammar  ?    Explain  the  origin  of  ma  viie. 

7.  Give  the  genders  of — feuille,  corne,  orgue,  humeur; 
and  state  in  which  of  the  following  the  last  consonant  is 
pronounced — sec,  bceuf,  loup,  dot,  bas,  grec,  caduc,  ouest, 
done,  avril,  canif,  donner,  sept. 

8.  Construct  sentences  containing  the  following  words — 
avant,  devant,  jusqu'^  ce  que,  lorsque,  alors,  se  d^fier. 


cxv. 

1.  Give  examples  of  ni  connecting  two  negative  proposi- 
tions, and  translate — "we  shall  hardly  convince  one  another, 
nor  is  it  necessary  that  we  should." 

2.  Give  examples  of  substantives  which  change  their 
gender  according  to  their  meanings. 

3.  Give  the  first  person  of  the  compound  tenses  of  se 


French  Examination  Papers,  1 1 5 


reposer;     and    the    primary  parts    of — accourir,   souffrir, 
revaloir. 

4.  Parse  these  words — enverrais,  iront,  mort,  pars,  vien- 
nent. 

5.  Which  is  correct — la  plupart  fait  cela,  or,  la  plupart 
font  cela  ?     Give  the  reason  of  your  decision. 

6.  Translate — de  son  mieux ;  il  est  en  train  de  partir ; 
cela  m'est  ^gal ;  vous  avez  beau  dire  \  cela  n'ira  pas  \  cela 
nesertkrien;  c'est  un  beau  trait;  je  me  suis  pressd;  je 
suis  pressd ;  vous  m'^corchez  I'oreille. 

7.  Dites  comment  il  se  fait  que  le  participe  de  se  plaire^ 
se  nuire^  se  succeder  reste  tou jours  invariable. 

8.  Explain  the  origin  of — non,  ne  pas,  goutte,  personne, 
rien,  quelconque,  ouir,  or. 

9.  Translate — what  is  the  time  ?  you  have  done  that  three 
times ;  it  is  dinner  time ;  I  have  not  the  time  ;  Horace  lived 
in  the  time  of  Augustus;  sometimes;  keep  time;  at  my 
time  of  life  ;  at  that  time ;  at  no  time  ;  at  the  present  time ; 
at  the  same  time ;  behind  time ;  in  time ;  for  a  long  time ; 
in  a  short  time. 

cxvi. 

1.  Indiquez  le  genre  des  substantifs — foi,  foie,  fois, 
cour,  cours,  sentinelle,  automne,  chene,  myrte,  midi,  aprbs- 
midi. 

2.  Mettez  au  pluriel  les  substantifs  et  les  adjectifs  sui- 
vants — bal  gdn^ral,  hopital,  op^ra  royal,  corail,  gouvernail, 
grand-pbre,  grand'mbre,  ceil-de-boeuf,  oui-dire,  couvre-feu, 
gentilhomme,  combat  naval,  cierge  pascal,  vent  glacial. 

3.  Mettez  au  f^minin  les  adjectifs   et  les  substantifs — 


1 16  French  Examination  Papers. 


mou,  gentil,  vil,  malin,  inquiet,  aigu,  roux,  tiers,  inf^rieur, 
flatteur,  approbateur,  enchanteur,  serviteur,  auteur. 

4.  Conjuguez  \  I'imp^ratif  les  verbes — s'en  aller,  blanchir, 
acqu^rir,  s'asseoir,  rdsoudre. 

5.  Expliquez  la  diifdrence  entre  Timparfait  et  le  pass^ 
d^fini. 

6.  Expliquez  la  difference  entre — avant  et  devant,  aprh  et 
daprh^  vers  et  envers, 

7.  "  The  apostrophe  in  grand  mire  is  philologically  incor- 
rect."    Explain  this. 

8.  Translate — I  want  that  book ;  what  does  he  want  ? 
he  does  not  want  prudence ;  it  wants  a  quarter  to  four ;  I 
don't  want  to  go  there ;  I  am  wanted. 

9.  Translate — 

1.  The  crowd  of  spectators  shouted  "  Yes." 

2.  A  number  of  soldiers  followed  the  general  to  his 

house. 

3.  It  is  easier  to  say  it  than  to  do  it. 

4.  The  poorer  you  are,  the  more  imprudent  you  are. 

5.  He  is  the  handsomest  man  I  know. 


CXVII. 

1.  What  is  the  origin  of  the  French  articles?  Give  any 
parallel  instances  to  the  change  oi dele  into  du.  Translate — 
silver  is  precious  ;  a  shilling  a  half-dozen ;  what  a  noise  !  he 
is  an  Englishman ;  fifteen  shillings  a  week. 

2.  Translate — on  horseback  j  early  ;  to  the  right ;  on 
foot ;  the  day  after  to-morrow  ;  in  earnest ;  in  broad  day ; 
suddenly ;  by  day ;  here  and  there ;  cheapc  •  Aside ;  I  let 


French  Examination  Papers.  117 

him  go ;  I  fear  he  is  ill ;  what  a  good  fellow !  wanted !  a 
clerk ;  mind  what  you  are  about. 

3.  Can  you  mention  any  substantives  which  change  their 
gender  in  the  plural  ?  Show  the  difference  in  meaning  of 
the  following — le  guide,  la  guide ;  le  garde,  la  garde ;  le 
poble,  la  poMe ;  (le)  h)niine,  (la)  hymne ;  le  moule,  la 
moule. 

4.  How  can  you  translate  then  in  French?  Give  the 
French  for — then  you  are  right ;  there  then,  come  along ; 
the  signal  was  then  given  j  now  and  then ;  what  then  ? 

5.  Give  some  examples  to  show  the  difference  in  the  use 
of— aussi,  si ;  autant,  tant ;  comment,  comme 

6.  Give  some  examples  to  show  the  use  of  toui^  as  adjec- 
tive and  adverb. 

7.  Translate — 

I.  Take  your  book  back;  take  your  hat  off;  take  a 

walk ;  take  this  to  him. 
2    Put  it  down ;  you  must  not  put  up  with  it ;  put 

the  book  in  its  place ;  put  the  match  off. 
3.  He  has  set  out  \  we  have  set  up  the  column ;  you 

should  set  a  good  example ;  the  sun  has  set. 


CXVIII. 

1.  Put  in  the  singular — les  beaux  esprits  dchauff^s;  and 
in  the  feminine — un  vieux  poete  grec,  ces  defenseurs, 
quelque  honnete  citoyen,  directeur,  mignon,  Idger,  flatteur. 

2.  Give  the  gender  of— Evolution,  arme,  temoignage, 
amitid,  chafne,  ind^pendance,  sibcles,  creatures. 

3.  Write  in  full — 222  men;  200  francs  ;  chapter  200 ;  180 


ii8  French  Examination  Papers. 

books;  192  books;  28th  June,  1870;  whose  son  is  he? 
take  this  letter  to  the  post ;  my  horse  and  yours ;  by  stealth; 
to  shake  hands  ;  a  practical  joke ;  my  watch  is  fast ;  I  can- 
not help  it ;  I  cannot  afford  it ;  what  is  the  matter  ?  I  don't 
care ;  I  shall  do  without  it ;  never  mind. 

4.  Distinguish  between — tout,  toux ;  don,  done,  dont ; 
laid,  lait,  laie ;  verre,  ver,  vers,  vert.  Give  the  etymology  of 
— chose,  n^nt,  monsieur. 

5.  Envoy^,  voulaient,  voir,  mettait,  craignait,  croyais, 
valais,  vit,  ouvrir,  plonger,  pent,  empreint.  Write  down  the 
second  person  singular  present  subjunctive,  and  second 
person  plural  imperfect  subjunctive  of  each  of  these  verbs. 

6.  Translate — donnez-moi  une  poignde  de  main  ;  il  veut 
6tre  pay^  quand  meme ;  faute  de  mieux  ;  il  me  rit  au  nez ; 
un  coup  d'ceil ;  manger  son  herbe  en  bl^ ;  sans  coup  f^rir ; 
mettre  quelqu'un  \  la  porte ;  portez-vous  bien ;  c'est  on  ne 
pent  mieux. 


CXIX, 

1.  State  the  difference  between — un  vieux  soldat,  un 
ancien  soldat;  Tun  Tautre,  Tun  et  I'autre,  I'un  ou  I'autre,  ni 
Tun  ni  Tautre;  jeune,  jeftne;  coin,  coing;  la  veille,  la 
vieille. 

2.  Give  the  feminine  of— ouvrier,  apprenti,  compagnon, 
un  dieu,  commun,  cruel,  utile.  Derive — faim,  sein,  bras, 
dtat,  pas,  and  give  their  genders. 

3.  Put  the  required  accents  on — college,  piege,  frere, 
parle-je,  dusse-je,  connaitre,  ame.  Give  the  infinitive  of — 
ri,  plu,  crii,  peint,  tu. 


French  Examination  Papers,  119 

4.  Show  how  leur  is  a  survival  of  the  Latin  genitive. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  Study  nourishes  youth,  amuses  old  age,  adorns 

prosperity,  and  comforts  adversity. 

2.  She  is  neither  an  ItaHan  nor  a  German. 

3.  I  know  nobody  so  kind  as  he  is. 

4.  Is  your  friend  angry  with  you  ? 

5.  The  more  attentive  you  are,  the  less  trouble  you 

will  have. 

6.  Ask  him  if  he  would  send  it  to  them. 

7.  I  do  not  think  that  he  wishes  to  see  you. 

8.  What  I  apply  myself  to  I  do  well. 

9.  These  are  great  statesmen — this  one  in  peace,  that 

one  in  war. 

6.  Construct  sentences  to  show  when  the  pluperfect  is 
used  in  French. 

7.  Point  out  the  mistakes  in — 

1.  L'enfant  doit  obdr  et  respecter  scs  parents. 

2.  II  aime  le  chant  et  k  dessiner. 

3.  C*est  les  arbres  que  j'ai  vu  autrefois. 

4.  Est-il  un  m^decin? 

5.  J'espbre  qu'il  viendra. 

8.  Give  the  French  for — spring,  summer,  autumn,  winter, 
heat,  cold,  frost,  snow,  fog,  thunder,  lightnmg,  ass,  ox,  cow, 
sheep,  goat,  pig,  camel,  salmon,  cod 


cxx. 

1.  "  French  is  shortened  Latin.'*     Explain. 

2.  Construct  sentences  to  show  that  in  general  proposi- 


1 20  French  Examination  Papers, 


tions  the  French  prefer  the  definite  article  to  the  indefinite 
used  in  English.  Translate — a  sailor's  life  has  its  fatigues 
and  dangers ;  he  has  a  passion  for  pictures. 

3.  Translate — ^je  tiens  de  mon  pbre ;  je  tiens  cela  de  mon 
pbre ;  je  tiens  \  mon  pfere  ;  11  me  tient  lieu  de  pbre ;  je  tiens 
kparler;  je  n'y  tiens  pas;  taisez-vous,  car  je  n'y  tiens  plus; 
qu'k  cela  ne  tienne  !  s'il  ne  tient  qu'k  cela  j  tenez-vous  en 
Ik !  je  m'en  tiens  k  ce  que  j'ai  dit. 

4.  What  are  the  original  affixes  of  the  first  and  second 
persons  plural  in  the  French  conjugations?  Explain  how  the 
Latin  affixes  have  become  ons  and  ez.  Give  the  etymology 
of — on,  oiseau,  aux,  dans,  avant,  devant,  leur,  chaque,  jour. 

5.  Give  rules  and  examples  for  the  agreement  of  adjectives 
when  the  substantives  are  united  by  conjunctions.  Trans- 
late— the  pens  and  books  are  old ;  we  want  new  books  or 
pens ;  we  want  some  wine  or  some  good  beer. 

6.  Give  examples  of  the  use  of  quoi  as  (i)  a  relative 
pronoun,  (2)  interrogatively,  (3)  as  an  exclamation.  Trans- 
late— what  did  he  say  ? 

7.  Translate — 

1.  There  were  ten  men  killed  on  that  day, 

2.  Have  you  any  sisters  ?  I  have  one. 

3.  He  is  the  best  fellow  in  the  world. 

4.  Scarcely  had  he  finished  reading  when  he  fell 

down  dead. 

5.  There    are    few    men    who  know  how   to    bear 

prosperity. 


French  Examination  Papers,  121 


cxxi. 

1.  Give  the  masculine  singular  of — patemelles,  hautaine, 
paisible,  concretes,  rousses,  vieilles,  fraiches,  favorites,  can- 
tatrices;  the  feminine  plural  of  premier,  prompt,  noble, 
oublieux,  vrai,  celui-lk;  and  the  feminine  of  homme  and 
h^ros. 

2.  Form  adverbs  from — ^ternel,  premier,  instinctif,  heu- 
reux,  studieux.  State  the  gender  of — parti,  m^rite,  part, 
inimitid,  coups,  air,  quelque  chose ;  and  give  the  rules. 

3.  Show  how  French  nouns  are  derived  from  the  Latin 
accusative. 

4.  Give  the  present  indicative  in  full  of — distraire,  rap- 
prendre,  omettre,  teindre,  revoir,  revaloir. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  Have  you  had  your  hair  cut  ? 

2.  He  will  come  as  soon  as  he  can. 

3.  Will  they  be  in  London  the  same  time  as  you  ? 

4.  Do  you  think  we  shall  have  fine  weather  ? 

5.  Here  is  the  woman  I  spoke  to  you  about. 

6.  Take  care  of  your  writing. 

6.  Give  the  meaning  of  the  following,  according  as  they 
are  masculine  or  feminine — aigle,  couple,  hymne,  garde, 
poste,  mode,  guide,  barbe,  somme. 

7.  Give  examples  of  que  used  to  avoid  the  repetition  of 
quand  and  si. 

CXXII. 

I.  Explain  the  difference  between — le  traiteur,  the  traitor ; 
le  gardien,  the  guardian ;  le  tuteur,  the  tutor ;  le  pupille,  the 


122  French  Examination  Papers. 

pupil;  rinstance,  the  instance;  Tavertissement,  the  adver- 
tisement ;  la  bribe,  the  bribe ;  la  bride,  the  bride ;  un 
homme  sensible,  a  sensible  man. 

2.  Translate — you  are  right ;  it  is  all  right ;  it  served  you 
right ;  political  rights ;  go  to  the  right ;  right  you  are. 

3.  Grand'peine.  Give  a  list  of  the  other  feminine  sub- 
stantives before  which  the  adjective  grand  remains  in  the 
masculine. 

4.  From  what  languages,  besides  Latin,  has  the  French 
language  derived  its  vocabulary  ? 

5.  Write  the  past  participle  in  the  feminine  of — mouvoir. 
dire,  asseoir,  absoudre,  ddmettre. 

6.  Give  the  gender  of — midi,  minuit,  aprbs-midi,  chaleur, 
clocher,  automne,  ligne,  rds^da. 

7.  Translate — 

1.  I  will  not  go  unless  you  go  with  me. 

2.  Come  and  see  me  before  going  to  Austria. 

3.  Seeing  me  she  came  to  meet  me. 

4.  He  has  had  her  put  to  death. 

5.  He  works  better  than  you  imagine. 

8.  Translate — k  la  hate ;  c'est  k  dire  ;  davantage ;  debout ; 
dedans  ;  desormais ;  environ ;  dessous  ;  dessus ;  autrefois  ; 
hormis ;  d'ailleurs ;  sur  le  champ. 


CXXIII. 

1.  Write  out  in  full  the  imperfect  subjunctive  and  the  im- 
perative of — ^jeter,  valoir,  pouvoir,  jouir,  prdvoir,  partir. 

2.  "The  French  language    is  the    remains   of  Latin." 
Explain  this  and  illustrate  your  answer. 


French  Examination  Papers,  123 

3.  Translate — 

1.  What  did  you  say?    What  is  the  matter ? 

2.  I  am  sure  ofitj  think  ofit;  whatdo  you  think  of  it? 

3.  It  is  noble  to  die  for  one's  country. 

4.  I  gave  you  all  I  had. 

5.  What  is  your  dog's  name? 

4.  How  is  the  difference  between  **this"  and  "that" 
shown  in  French  ?  Give  examples.  Give  a  few  adjectives 
having  two  masculine  forms,  and  state  the  difference  in  the 
use  of  them.  Why  do  you  translate  his  book^  her  book^  by 
the  same  words  ? 

5.  Translate — 

1.  Madam,  are  you  the  mother  of  this  pretty  girl  ? 

Yes,  I  am. 

2.  Are  you  satisfied  with  her  ?    Yes,  I  am. 

6.  Name  some  substantives  which  are  masculine  in  the 
singular  and  feminine  in  the  plural. 

7.  Give  some  adjectives  followed  respectively  by  the 
prepositions — de,  k,  envers,  en. 


CXXIV. 

1.  Explain  fully,  and  illustrate,  by  examples,  the  syntax  of 
partitive  articles. 

2.  State  (i)  the  rule  for  the  past  participle  of  reflexive 
verbs ;  (2)  the  difference  between  parce  que  snidpar  ce  que; 
(3)  the  position  of  adverbs.    Illustrate  by  examples. 

3.  What  are  the  various  ways  of  translating  into  French 
the  English  adjectives  of  dimension — high^  long,  7vide  ? 

4.  Translate — ^je  vous  apprendrai  k  vivre;   c'est  k  moi 


124  French  Examination  Papers, 

qu'il  en  veut ;  venez  me  voir,  j'y  tiens ;  le  malheureux  s'est 
fait  sauter  la  cervelle;  combien  gagnez-vous,  bon  an  mal 
an  ?  dans  quel  guet-apens  vous  etes-vous  fourvoy^  ? 

5.  Translate — I  gave  him  a  good  word  ;  he  was  frightened 
out  of  his  wits  ;  you  live  in  an  out-of-the-way  place  ;  he  was 
very  much  behind  time;  he  makes  himself  too  cheap;  I 
have  bought  my  horse  a  bargain ;  I  know  he  had  to  pay  a 
large  sum. 

6.  Quelle  forme  prend  le  datii  des  pronoms  personnels 
lorsqu'ils  precedent  le  verbe?  Traduisez — you  sent  it  to 
me;  I  gave  him  this  book;  did  you  write  to  them?  speak 
to  them. 

7.  Show  how  the  Latin  habeo  has  entered  into  the  com- 
position of  the  tenses  of  French  verbs. 

8.  Give  the  feminine  of — vicieux,  hardi,  bas,  doux ;  the 
plural  of — amiral,  oeil,  feu-foUet,  porte-clefs ;  and  the  primary 
parts  of — revivre,  soustraire,  d^prendre.  Form  verbs  from — 
civil,  raison,  ennui ;  and  adverbs  from — habile,  malheureux, 
€norme,  civil,  prudent 

cxxv. 

1.  Translate — take  your  book  back;  do  not  take  my 
horse  away ;  you  were  taken  in ;  take  it  off;  take  that  pen 
up ;  you  take  after  your  father ;  I  take  it  for  granted ;  let  us 
take  a  walk ;  do  you  take  to  algebra  ? 

2.  Show  by  examples  how  Latin  words  have  become 
softened  in  French. 

3.  Of  what  gender  are  names  of  minerals,  months,  trees, 
towns,  countries,  qualities,  mountains  ?     Give  examples. 

4.  Translate— il  y  a  bien  cinq  ans  de  cela ;  il  faut  que  ce 


French  Examination  Papers,  125 

travail  se  fasse  j  gare  I'eau !  en  effet ;  un  homme  d'dtat ; 
cette  femme  est  au  fait  du  manage ;  cet  homme  est  plus  fin 
que  vous ;  c'est  un  peu  fort ;  chacun  son  go^t ;  sui  i'heure ; 
au  petit  jour ;  en  plein  jour. 

5.  What  is  the  difference  between — du,  d^;  mur,  nv<Xt\ 
reformer,  reformer;  p^cher,  pecher;  jeune,  jefine;  re- 
prouver,  rdprouver;  croit,  croit;  spiritual  and  spirituel; 
pleasant  and  plaisant ;  respectable  and  respectable  \  actually 
and  actuellement ;  gentleman  and  gentilhomme. 

6.  Why  should  a  circumflex  be  placed  on — traitre,  maitre, 
tete,  m6me,  honnete,  c6te,  ime  ? 

7.  Give  the  second  person  singular  of  the  past  definite  of 
— ronger,  acqu^rir,  courir,  mourir,  tenir,  asseoir,  mouvoir, 
conduire,  craindre,  croitre,  dcrire,  plaire. 


CXXVI. 

1.  What  changes  does  the  place  of  de  plus  produce  in 
these  sentences — 

J'ai  besoin  de  deux  feuilles  de  papier  de  plus. 
J'ai  besoin  de  plus  de  deux  feuilles  de  papier. 
J'ai,  de  plus,  besoin  de  deux  feuilles  de  papier. 

2.  Give  French  words  derived  from  the  Latin — nos, 
turris,  pes,  cor,  Augustus,  castellum,  filia,  familia,  lingua, 
ordo,  dubito,  debeo.  Account  for  the  accent  in — ane, 
blame,  maitre,  fut,  meme,  etre. 

3.  Write  the  feminine  of — muscat,  ^pais,  muet,  las,  tiers. 
How  do  you  form  the  feminine  of  adjectives  ending  in  <r,  eiir^ 

€UX? 

4.  How   do  you  translate  late  in  French  ?     Give  the 


126  French  Exajnination  Papers. 

French  for — he  is  late;  it  is  late;   you  are  too  late  for 
breakfast ;  am  I  too  late  ?  the  late  president. 

5.  Translate — you  told  it  to  me;  I  gave  it  to  her;  did 
you  write  to  them  ?  explain  to  her  what  you  mean ;  speak 
to  them ;  whose  book  is  this  ?  it  is  mine ;  Her  Majesty  the 
Queen  of  England  and  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Italy  have 
concluded  a  treaty ;  do  you  speak  of  what  happened  ?  send 
them  a  few  pens ;  send  them  into  the  country ;  did  you  give 
them  to  them  ?  I  am  sure  of  it ;  I  shall  not  consent  to  it ;  I 
shall  not  complain  of  it ;  think  of  it. 

6.  Derive  adjectives  from — enfant,  terre,  ciel ;  and  verbs 
from — marche,  saut,  vol.  Give  the  plural  of^chou,  corail, 
neveu,  pain ;  and  the  feminine  of — bleu,  vieux,  franc,  ver- 
meil.    Write  the  present  indicative  of — faillir  and  accueillir. 

7.  Translate — mon  jardin  vaut  mieux  que  le  votre ;  je  Tai 
fait  parler;  je  le  tiDUve  mal;  il  en  faut  beaucoup;  il  s'en 
faut  beaucoup ;  des  figures  recherch^es ;  vous  m'avez  prd- 
venu;  on  sonne;  j'ai  mal  au  coeur;  k  qui  en  voulez-vous? 
il  est  en  congd ;  argent  comptant ;  point  d'argent,  point  de 
Suisse ;  mettre  la  main  k  rceuvre. 


cxxvii. 

1.  Translate — what  paper  do  you  read?  what  do  you 
believe  ?  what  a  man  !  what  ?  of  what  do  you  speak  ?  whose 
book  is  this  ?  are  you  singing  ?  I  am ;  it  is  windy ;  he  ought 
to  speak ;  he  ought  to  have  spoken ;  Louis  XVI. ;  Charles  I. ; 
a  third  person ;  on  the  4th  of  June ;  i ;  y. 

2.  What  prepositions  follow  the  following  adjectives — 
capable,  accessible,  connu,  fachd,  contraire,  doux,  cher,  fier. 


French  Examination  Papers,  127 


juste,  content ;  and  these  verbs — rire,  changer,  toucher,  d^- 
plaire,  commander,  renoncer,  r^sister. 

3.  Show  the  difference  between — marier,  se  marier ;  cam- 
pagne,  pays,  patrie ;  mot,  parole ;  matinee,  matin ;  imposer, 
en  imposer ;  martyr,  martyre ;  commande,  commandement. 

4.  State  the  genders  of — pouvoir,  ciel,  temps,  sommeil, 
sagesse,  connaissance,  fin,  faveur,  terre,  fois,  Russie.  Give 
the  feminine  singular  of — mortels,  nul,  cher,  pr^ieux,  grec, 
relatifs,  r^dacteurs. 

5.  Form  adverbs  from — mortel,  pr^cieux,  extreme,  absolu, 
puissant,  doux,  nouveau,  seul,  juste,  vrai,  mou,  gai,  dd, 
different.  Give  the  rule,  and  explain  the  origin  of  the 
affix. 

6.  The  Latin  e  and  /  become  in  French  sometimes  ai. 
Give  examples,  and  derive — mur,  loup,  neuf. 

7.  Translate — let  us  eat  potatoes  and  meat;  a  man's 
house  is  his  castle ;  eighty-four  and  sixteen  make  one  hun- 
dred ;  the  half  of  ten  is  five ;  we  wish  you  a  happy  new  year ; 
our  neighbours  help  us ;  your  ideas  are  not  mine ;  there  is 
an  honour  for  which  he  works  very  hard ;  where  there  is  a 
will,  there  is  a  way ;  it  is  not  given  to  everyone  to  live  so 
long. 

• 

CXXVIII. 

1.  Where  is  dont  used,  and  when  cannot  dont  be  used  in 
French  ?   Give  examples. 

2.  Write  in  full,  negatively  and  interrogatively,  the  future 
of  mvoyer  and  the  future  anterior  of  aller. 

3.  Translate — that  way;  on  the  way;  something  good; 


128  French  Examination  Papers, 

never  mind ;  a  friend  of  mine ;  a  game  of  cricket  \  by 
chance ;  what  a  chance  !  to  carry  coals  to  Newcastle ;  to 
laugh  in  one's  sleeve ;  you  are  right  and  he  is  wrong ;  sit 
down. 

4.  Give   some  French  verbs   followed  by  the   preposi- 
tion de. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  Cela  ira  mal,  j*en  ai  bien  peur. 

2.  Quelle  affreuse  pluie  nous  venons  d'avoir, 

3.  Vous  allez  vous  faire  tuer. 

4.  EUe  nous  en  veut. 

5.  J'ai  pens^  tomber. 

6.  Vous  avez  beau  faire. 

7.  II  ira  loin. 

6.  Expliquez  Torthographe  de  chacun  de  ces  participes 
passes — 

Cette  recommandation  nous  a  bien  servi, 
Cette  brave  femme  nous  a  bien  servis. 
Je  lui  ai  pret^  tous  les  livres  que  j'ai  pu. 
Se  sont-ils  dit  des  injures  ? 

Comment  trouvez-vous  les  habits  que  je  me  suis  fait 
faire  ? 

7.  Translate — 

1.  Keep  yourself  hidden ;  I  must  keep  myself  warm ; 

he  kept  very  quiet. 

2.  Whose  son  is  he?  He  is  the  son  of  the  gentleman 

whose  house  was  burnt  yesterday. 

3.  Take  this  hat,  my  brother's  is  too  big  for  you. 

4.  The  lady  whom   I  saw  pass  a  minute  ago  has 

charming  eyes. 


French  Examination  Papers^  129 

5.  I  have  received  two  letters  from  you,  of  which  the 
second  complains  of  the  neglect  shown  to  the 
first. 


cxxix. 

1.  Give  the  singular  of — consomm^  exquis,  les  riches 
bijoux,  les  meubles  somptueux,  ses  pareilles,  mesdames, 
aUez-vous-en,  comment  vous  portez-vous  ? 

2.  Give  the  gender  of — effort,  chose,  nature,  foi,  amour, 
rayon,  ann^e,  table,  arbre,  cloche,  saule,  gourmandise. 
State  the  rules. 

3.  Indiquez  la  distinction  entre — la  crdance,  la  croyance ; 
ils  se  sont  rappelds,  ils  se  sont  rappel^ ;  cette  statue  a  r^ussi, 
cette  statue  est  r^ussie;  je  suis  pr^s  de  vous,  je  suis  bien 
auprbs  de  vous;  il  se  trouve  mal,  il  s'y  trouve  mal;  j'ai 
mang^  de  petits  pois,  j'ai  mang^  des  petits-pois ;  douter,  se 
douter. 

4.  Explain  the  derivation  of— on,  d^s,  mais,  encore,  tandis, 
alors,  bonheur,  rien. 

5.  Pent,  devenir,  sais,  dirig^,  voulais,  rappelle,  voir,  surgir, 
lAtes,  servit,  perdait,  faisait,  prend,  s'effacent,  sourit.  Give 
the  participles  of  these  verbs,  and  the  first  person  singular 
of  the  present  subjunctive. 

6.  In  which  of  the  following  is  the  final  consonant  sounded 
— cher,  blanc,  loup,  cerf,  canif,  ceuf,  oeufs,  clef,  sec,  net, 
avril  ? 

7.  Translate — 

1.  Not  an  hour  passes  but  you  say  something  silly. 

2.  Do  you  think  I  shall  succeed  ? 

K 


1 30  French  Examination  Papers. 

3.  I  do  not  think  you  will  succeed  if  you  do  not  pay 

more  attention  to  the  duties  of  your  profession. 

4.  Some  money  has  been  given  them  to  buy  bread 

with. 
8.  Translate — My  kind  regards  to  your  father ;  to  put  the 
cart  before  the  horse  j  to  lie  in  clover ;  your  watch  is  slow. 


cxxx. 

I.  Translate — ils  se  sont  entendus  pour  vous  tromper ;  il 
n'y  entend  pas  malice ;  vous  m'avez  mal  entendu ;  k  vous 
entendre,  tout  va  mal ;  je  viendrai  vous  voir,  c'est  entendu ; 
c'est  un  homme  entendu  ;  bien  entendu ;  cela  s'entend. 

a.  Give  the  diminutives  of — chanson,  globe,  histoire 
Give  some  examples  of  words  where  the  final  consonant  is 
sounded.  Derive  French  words  from — deus,  colligere, 
coquere,  pratum,  rem,  viridis,  ccelum. 

3.  Give  the  difference  between — mon  propre  uniforme, 
mon  uniforme  propre ;  une  fausse  clef,  une  clef  fausse ;  un 
simple  soldat,  un  soldat  simple ;  un  maigre  diner,  un  diner 
maigre ;  une  sage-femme,  une  femme  sage ;  un  brave  homme, 
un  homme  brave. 

4.  Form  adverbs  from — traitre,  bref,  long,  nouveau,  pro- 
fond,  gai,  r^solu. 

5.  Translate — 

1.  If  you  are  wise  and  wish  to  become  wiser,  you 

will  work. 

2.  Act  as  I  act ;  if  not  you  will  fail. 

5.  Is  the  fire  lit  in  the  drawing-room  ?    Yea  it  bums 
well 


French  Examination  Papers,  131 

4.  Some  said  he  would  come,  others  that  he  would 

not. 

5.  I  should  like  them  to  come  together. 

6.  I  enjoy  nothing  without  you. 

7.  Before  the  fall  of  the  water ;  below  the  waterfall. 

8.  The  doors  were  opened  very  early. 

6.  Give  the  feminine  of — poli,  naturel,  original,  complet ; 
the  plural  of — detail,  rival,  bdtail ;  and  the  primary  parts  of 
—jouir,  s'ouvrir,  pr^venir,  faillir,  s'ensuivre. 


THE  RIVERSIDE  PRESS  LIMITED,  EDINBURGH. 


Y.'tTttt'tttrtt'ttZtt::<\ 


f^  A  LIST  OF  SCHOOL  BOOKS 

t>  COMPILED    BY 

^.  WADHAM   COLLEGE 

•H  OXON 


H 
44 

4^ 


44 


A.  M.  M.  STEDMAN,  m.a. 


CONTENTS 

Latin          .           .           .           .  .  .a 

Grebk          .           .           .           .  .  .     i6 

O        General  Knowledge  and  English  Papers      .    20 

V*l       French  and  German       .           .  .  .22 

Schools  using  this  Series         .  .  .26 

Stidman's  Examination  Papers  .  .    32 

Messrs  Mbthubn  will  be  glad  to  send  their  complete 
J  Educational  List  or  Prospectuses  of  any  of  their  Series. 

^^  •       HEADS  OF  SCHOOLS  may  obtain  free  Specimen 
4&^  Copies  of  many  of  the  Books  in  this  List,  and  Speci 

t*  men  Copies  of  the  Volumes  of  Examination  Papers 

J~j   *      at  half  the  published  Price 

JL-> 

METHUEN   &   CO. 
36     ESSEX     STREET     W.C 
LONDON 
^  1908 

XJlc4^oMc3^oicolcoicopic3|:Jt:3icMoXl 


Eleventh   Edition.     Fcap.  8vo.  is. 

INITIA    LATINA 

EASY    LESSONS    ON    ELEMENTARY    ACCIDENCE,    WITH 
EXERCISES   AND   VOCABULARIES 

"The  book  is  very  easy  and  well  suited  to  little  hoys.'*— Jbtimal of 
Education. 

"This  will  be  found  a  useful  book,  for  it  carries  out  the  injunction, 
so  necessary  for  successful  teaching,  'line  upon  line,  precept  upon 
precept.'" — Spectator. 

Corresponding  Books. 

STEPS   TO   GREEK.      Third  Edition.     i8mo.     is. 
STEPS  TO   FRENCH.    E^hth  EdUUn.     i8»w,     %d. 


Eleventh   Edition.      Crown  Svo.     2s. 

FIRST    LATIN    LESSONS 

This  book  is  much  fuller  than  Initia  Latina,  and  v;hile  it  is  not  less 
simple,  it  will  carry  a  boy  a  good  deal  further  in  the  study  of  elementary 
Latin.  The  Exercises  are  more  numerous,  some  easy  translation 
adapted  from  Caesar  has  been  added,  and  a  few  easy  Examination 
Papers  will  afford  a  useful  test  of  a  boy's  knowledge  of  his  grammar. 
The  book  is  intended  to  form  a  companion  book  to  the  Shorter  Latin 
Primer. 

Uniform  with  above. 
FIRST  FRENCH  LESSONS.      Ninth  Ediiim.    Crown  8vo.  \s. 


\A 


[Specimen  Page] 
Initia  Latina. 


I.  Show  which  of  the  following  Verbs  are  Transitive,  and 
which  are  Intransitive — 

The  girl  standso  The  boys  love  the  mother.  The  dog 
runs.  The  master  teaches  the  boy»  The  girl  sings.  The 
queen  praises  the  boy.  Nauta  stat.  Puer  canit.  Puer 
Juliam  amat.     Julia  currit 

II.  Point  out  the  Subject,  Object,  and  Predicate  in  each  of 
the  following,  writing  the  proper  letters  over  each  word — ■ 

The  queen  loves  the  boy.  The  boy  fears  the  dog.  The 
slave  loves  the  girl.  Puella  servum  timet.  Servus  canem 
terret.     Homo  reginam  amat. 

IIL  Translate  into  English— 

I.  Servus  stat.  2.  Servus  canem  timet.  3.  Homo 
currit.  4.  Canis  hominem  terret,  5.  Puella  canem 
amat.  6.  Aqua  currit,  7,  Puer  puellam  docet,  8.  Ma- 
gister  servum  docet.  9.  Servus  nautam  videt  10.  Canis 
puellam  terret.  11,  Homo  servum  videt  12.  Puella 
canito  13.  Pater  matrem  amat  14.  Mater  filium  docet 
15,  Nauta  pugnat 

IVo  Translate  into  Latin — 

I.  The  slave  runs.  2.  The  queen  sees  the  slave. 
3.  The  girl  sees  the  sailor,  4.  Tlie  man  stands.  5.  The 
water  runs,  6.  The  boy  sings.  7.  The  girl  sees  the 
water.     8,  Caesar  rules  the  land 


Serenth  Edition,     i^mo.     \s.  6d. 

A   FIRST   LATIN    READER 

VriTH    NOTES    ADAPTED    TO    SHORTER    IiATIN 
PRIMER,    AND    VOCABULARV 

A  collection  of  easy  passages  without  difficulties  of  construction  or 
thought.  ITie  book  commences  with  simple  sentences  and  passes  on 
to  connected  passages,  including  the  history  of  Rome  and  the  invasion 
l>f  Britain,  simplified  from  Eutropius  and  Caesar. 


Third  Edition.     iSmo.   is. 


EASY   SELECTIONS    FROM    CAESAR 

THE   HELVETIAN   WAR 


WITH    NOTES   ADAPTED   TO    SHORTER    LATIN 
PRIMER    AND    VOCABULARY. 


SscfiMd  EtUtUn      i9m«.     is.  $d, 

EASY   SELECTIONS   FROM   LIVY 

WITH  INTRODUCTION,  NOTES,  VOCABULARY,  MAPS; 
AND   ILLUSTRATIONS. 

THE   SEVEN   KINGS   OF   ROME, 
[4] 


I^Specimeu  Page^] 
FmST  LATIN  READER.  12 

est.  Ilelvetii  nostrorum  impetus  diutius  sustinere  non 
poterant.  alteri  in  montem  se  receperunt:  alteri  ad 
impedimenta  et  carros  sues  se  contulerunt.  ab  hora 
septima  ad  vesperum  pugnatum  est,  nee  hoc  toto  proelio 
aversum  hostem  videre  quisquam  potuit. 

297.  Dum  vires  annique  sinunt,  tolerate  labores  i 

jam  veniet  tacito  curva  senecta  pedcc 

298.  Darius  in  fuga,  cum  aquam  turbidam  et  cada- 
veribus  inquinatam  bibisset,  negavit  unquam  se  bibisse 
jucundius.     nunquam  videlicet  sitiens  biberat. 

29 9 >  Quid  magis  est  durum  saxo,  quid  moUius  undal 
dura  tamen  moUi  saxa  cavantur  aqua. 

300.  Oatilina  a  Cicerone  consule  urbe  expulsus  est,  et 
jocii  ejus  deprehensi  in  carcere  strangulati  sunt. 

301.  Tempori  cedere,  id  est  necessitati  parere,  semper 
^apientis  est  habitum 

302.  Fame  coacta  vulpes  alta  in  vinea 
uvam  appetebat,  summis  saliens  viribus  : 
quam  tangere  ut  non  potuit,  discedens  ait : 
nondum  matura  est,  nolo  acerbam  sumere. 

303.  Seneca  haec  ad  amicum  scripsit :  Ante  senectutem 
curavi,  ut  bene  viverem ;  in  senectute  euro,  ut  bene  e 
vita  decedam. 

304.  Si  Alexander,  qui  tot  gentss  armis  devicit,  etiam 
animi  sui  cupiditates  vicisset.  diutius  baud  dubie  et 
majore  cum  gloria  vixisset. 

S05.  Praeceptores  erudiuut  pueros,  servi  dominia 
cjBrviunt,  cives  legibus  obediunto 

U] 


Twelfth  RdUim.     J^^.  fw.     U.  $d. 

EASY  LATIN   PASSAGES 

roK 

UNSEEN    TRANSLATION 

The  attention  which  is  now  rightly  given  to  unprepared  translation 
necessitates  earlj  practice.  There  are  many  excellent  manuals,  but 
most  of  these  are  too  hard  for  beginners,  for  whose  use  the  above 
volume  has  been  compiled.  The  pieces  are  graduated  in  length  and 
difficulty,  and  the  early  pieces  present  no  serious  obstacles. 

"The  selections  are  carefully  chosen  and  judiciously  graduated, 
and  seem  very  well  adapted  to  the  needs  of  schoolboys." — Private 
SchoolmasUr. 

Uniform  with  above. 

EASY  GREEK  PASSAGES.   Fourth  Edition,  Revised.     Foap.  8m. 

ir.  U. 
EASY  FRENCH  PASSAGES.   Sixth  Edition,  Revued.     Fcap,  8»#. 

u,  6d. 


Fourth  Edition.     iZmo.     is. 

A   VOCABULARY    OF    LATIN 
IDIOMS    AND    PHRASES 

Over  700  useful  Latin  phrases  arranged  alphabetically  Latin- English. 

Examples : — 

alios  ac  fui     .         .         .     different  to  what  I  was 
&lii  hoc,  alii  illud  sentiunt     some  think  this^  some  that 
alii  alio  currant  some    run    one    way^  some 

another 
vereor  ne  veniat  I  fear  he  will  come 

\but  vereor  nt  veniat       .     I  fear  he  will  not  tome\ 

[«) 


[Specfmen  I'age.] 
EASY  LATIN  PASSAGES.  56 

TITUS, 

321.  Titus  amor  ac  deliciae  generis  humani  appellatus 
est.  admonentibus  domesticis,  quia  plura  polliceretur, 
quam  praestare  posset,  non  oportere,  ait,  quemquam  a 
sermone  principis  tristem  discedere.  atque  etiam  recor- 
datus  quondam  super  coenam,  quod  nihil  cuiquam  toto 
die  praestitisset,  meniorabileni  illam  meritoque  laudatam 
vocem  edidit  i  Amici^  diem  perdidi ! 

THE    LIMITS   OP   PLAY. 

322.  Lusus  pueris  proderunt ;  quia  pueri  post  lusus 
plus  virium  et  acriorem  animum  afferunt  ad  discendum, 
modus  tamen  sit  remissionibus ;  ne  aut  negatae  odium 
studiorum  f aciant,  aut  nimiae  otii  consuetudinem  afferant 

323.  AN    OLD   HALLc 

Quin  etiam  veterum  effigies  ex  ordine  avorum 
antiqua  e  cedro,  Italusque  paterque  Sabinus 
vitisator,  curvam  servans  sub  imagine  falcem, 
Saturnusque  senex  Janique  bifrontis  imago 
vestibule  adstabant,  aliique  ab  origine  reges, 
martiaque  ob  patriam  pugnando  vulnera  passi ; 
multaque  praeterea  sacris  in  postibus  arma, 
captivi  pendent  currus  curvaeque  secures j 
et  cristae  capitum  et  portarum  ingentia  claustra, 
spicuiaque  clipeique  ereptaque  rostra  cariniso 

AN    "  ADMIRABLB    CRICHTON." 

324.  Eleus  Hippias,  cum  Olympiam  venisset,  glori- 
atus  est,  cuncta  paene  audiente  Graecia,  nihil  esse  ulla 
in  arte  rerum  omnium,  quod  ipse  nesciret;  nee  solum 
has  artes,  quibus  liberales  doctrinae  atque  ingenuae  con- 
tinerentur,  geometriam,  musicam,  litterarum  cognitionem 
et  poetarum^  atque  ilia,  quae  de  naturis  rerum,  quae  de 
horainum  moribus^  quae  de  rebuspublicis  dicerentur  :  sed 
anulum,  quem  haberet,  pallium,  quo  amictusy  soccos^ 
quibus  indutus  esset^  se  sua  manu  confecisse. 


M 


Fpmrtb  Edition'     Cr»vm  8w.     ii 

EXEMPLA   LATINA 

FIRST  EXERCISES  ON   LATIN   ACCIDENCE 
WITH  VCXXAJBULJlST 

This  book  Is  iatcaded  to  be  used  midw«y  betwee*  a  bo^fe  o^ 
etementuy  lessons  and  more  difiScult  Ext:rdees  en  Syctas.  It 
ecmtaiBs  simftk-  rod  eopioas  extxdae%  ob  Accidence  asd  elemen* 
teij  Syntut.     Each  Bzercise  has  two  paits  (A,  By. 


ISS^BD  WITH  THI  COJSSMSTt  Gff  DX.    KXNHIBT. 

Twelflk  a$td  Ck$ap$t  MdUkm^  M/missd.     Cronm  foo.     u.,  M 

EASY  LATIN  EXERCISES 

ON  THE  SYNTAX  OF  THE 

REVISED  AND   SHORTER   LATIN   PRIMERS 
WITH   TOOABUU^JIT 

This  book  has  been  compiled  t«  aceorapany  Dm.  Kinnhdt^ 
*  Shorter  Latk  Primer'  and  <  Revised  L&dc  Primer/  Special 
Rtteadon  has  been  paid  tc  the  rales  of  fireti^  «ilifttm,  and  the 
exercises  are  nnmerous.  Diu  Ksknsdy  kindly  allawed  his 
Syntax  rales  to  be  incorporated  in  the  book 

A  KRY  TO  THB  ABOVK,  issued  to  Tutors  and  Private 
Students  only,  to  be  had  on  applkatioB  to  the  Foblbhert.  ^r. 
net  (postage  yi.^ 

Umffrm  miih  abe^m. 

EASY  FRENCH  EXERCISKa    Fourth  Rdiiim, 
Cr9wn  %V9,     as,  6d.     Key,  jj.  net  (postage  $d,). 
EASY  GREEK  EXERCISES.     By  C  CBor- 

TING,  B.A,     Crown  Svo.     is. 

[«] 


Easy  Latin  Exercises,  i8 

The  Ablative  Case. 

The  Ablative  is  the  Case  which  defines  circumstances  \ 
it  is  rendered  by  many  prepositions, /n?;//,  with^  by^  in. 

Ablative  of  Separation. 

The  Ablative  of  Separation  is  used  with  Verbs  mean- 
ing to  remove^  release,  deprive,,  want^  with  Adjectives  such  as 
liber, /r^^;  also  the  Adverb  ^xoc\i\,  far  from  : 

Populus  Atheniensis  Phocionem  patriapepulit     Nep. 
TAe  Athenian  people  drove  Phocionfrom  his  country. 

The  Ablative  of  Origin  is  used  with  Verbs,  chiefly 
Participles,  implying  descent  or  origin  % 

Tantalo  prognatus,  Pelope  natus. 
Descended  from  Tantalus,  son  of  Pelops- 

i8. 

1.  The  death  of  Hannibal  freed  the  Romans  from  fear. 

2.  No  one  is  free  from  blame. 

3.  We  are  in  need  of  brave  soldierSo 

4.  They  stripped  the  town  of  defenders. 

5.  The  Helvetii  did  not  abstain  from  wrong. 

6.  Caesar  calls  the  soldiers  away  from  the  battle, 

7.  The  praetors  kept  the  crowd  from  the  forum. 

8.  Tarquin,  the  last  king  of  the  Romans,  was  expelled  from 
the  city. 

9.  The  murderers  abandoned  their  attempt. 

10.  Hippocrates  was  descended  from  a  Syracusan  family 

11.  Caesar  cut  off  the  enemy  from  their  supplies. 

12.  He  was  descended  from  Hercules. 

13.  I  will  relieve  you  of  this  load. 

14.  Love  of  virtue  ought  to  restrain  us  from  wrong. 

5,^  We  hear  that  he  is  descended  from  an  ancient  famiiyr 

[9]  -^ » 


Fifth  Bdili«n.     Fcap.  8w.     \i.  td. 
WITH  VOOABUloARY,  2b. 

NOTANDA    QUiEDAM: 

MISCELLANEOUS   LATIN   EXERCISES 

ON 

COMMON   RULES  AND    IDIOMS. 

This  volume  U  designed  to  supply  miscellaneous  practice  in  those 
rules  and  idioms  with  which  boys  are  supposed  to  be  familiar.  Each 
exercise  coosists  of  tec  miscellaneous  sentences,  and  the  exercises  are 
carefully  graduated.  The  book  may  be  used  side  by  side  with  the 
mftnuah  in  regular  use.  It  will  probably  be  found  rery  useful  by 
pupils  preparing  for  Public  Schools,  Liocal,  Army,  and  minor 
University  examinations. 

A  KEY  TO  THE  ABOVE,  issued  to  Tutors  and  Private  Students 
only,  to  be  had  on  application  to  the  Publishers.    #/.  net  (postage  pi.). 


S$(9nd  Bditim.     Crown  %vo.     is,  6d, 
WITH  VOOABULABY.  2m. 

THE 

LATIN  COMPOUND  SENTENCE 

RULES   AND   EXERCISES 

This  book  has  been  compiled  to  meet  the  requirements  of  boys  who 
have  worked  through  a  book  of  easy  exercises  on  Syntax  and  who 
need  methodical  teaching  on  the  Compound  Sentence.  In  the  main 
the  arrangement  of  the  Revised  Latin  Primer  has  been  followed,  not 
without  some  doubts  whether  such  arrangement  is  in  all  cases  correct. 
But  on  the  whole  I  have  thought  it  best  to  suggest  an  alternative 
classification  in  the  notes.     Exercises  on  oraiU  obliqua  are  added. 

Each  Exerdse  has  two  parts  (A.  B). 


'»•] 


[Specimen  Page.] 

46  Notanda  Quaedam, 

4.  Caius  swore  that  he  would  never  do  any- 

thing that  was  unworthy  of  a  Roman 
citizen. 

5.  The  river  was  so  rapid  that  the  army  could 

not  cross  without  great  danger. 

6.  The  boy  asked  me  whether  the  old  man  ha(? 

lived  all  his  life  at  Gades. 

7.  He  advised  us  to  be  mindful  of  the  shortness 

of  life. 

8.  He  has  been   made    heir    to    the   whole 

estate. 

9.  I  hope  the  poor  citizens  will  be  spared. 
10.  You  are  weak  compared  to  him 


LXVIII. 

1.  The  Senate  was  nearly  all  on  the  side  of 

Hannibal. 

2.  The  dictator    swore  that    if   no  one  fol- 

lowed   he    would    die    alone    for    his 
country. 

3.  He  ordered  the  centurion  not  to  kill  the 

prisoners. 

4.  Who  is  there  that  does  not  love  the  old 

generals  of  Rome  ? 

5.  He  gave  the  soldiers  two  pounds  of  corn 

apiece. 


Fiftunth   SetttUn.     Fcap,  %v^  Ix.  ^i, 

LATIN    VOCABULARIES 

FOR   REPETITION 

ARRANGED  ACCORDING  TO  SUBJECTS 

In  this  book  an  attempt  has  been  made  to  remedy  that  scantiness 
of  vocabulary  which  characterises  most  boys.  The  words  are 
arranged  according  to  subjects  in  vocabularies  of  twelve  words  each, 
afid  if  the  matter  of  this  little  book  of  eighty-nine  pages  is  committed 
to  memory  the  pupil  will  have  a  good  stock  of  words  on  every 
subject.  The  idea  hais  received  the  sanction  of  many  eminent 
authorities. 


"This  little  book  will  be  found  very  valuable  by  those  studying 
Latin,  and  especially  by  those  preparing  for  scholarship  exams,  at 
the  Public  Schools." — Tht  Practical  Teacher. 

*'A  most  ingenious  idea,  and  quite  worthy  of  a  trial." — The  Head 
Master  of  Eton, 

"A  book  likely  to  prove  most  useful.  I  have  been  all  through  it 
with  care,  and  can  testify  to  its  accuracy." — The  Head  Master  of 
Charterhouse. 

Uniform  with  above. 

GREEK  VOCABULARIES.     Fourth  Edition.    Fcap.  Svo.  is.  6d. 
FRENCH  VOCABULARIES.      Thirteenth  Edition.     Fcap.  8vo.   is. 
GERMAN  VOCABULARIES.     By  Sophib  Wright.     Fcap.   8vo. 
is.6d. 


["] 


WA/? 


17 


m&nos, 
tripertlto, 
quam  maximus, 

coDvJhiio, 
coDscribo, 
compiro, 
cogo, 


-as, 

-i  -ae  -1, 

-veni  -ventum, 
-psi  -ptum, 

(I). 


cavalry, 

Pifantry, 

hand, 

m  thru  divisions^ 

MS  greai  aspouibit, 

koU{kvy), 

tustmbU* 

enrti. 

raise 


coegi,  coactum,     e$lUd^  ctmptL 


39.  [xxxvi]   War(S€rvici^ 


itipendiam, 

missiOy 

mllltiA, 

sacrimentum, 

tiro, 

vitftranua, 

immunitaSy 

em^ti, 


mcr€Oii 
militot 


-onii^ 

-dnii, 

'1, 

•itis, 
-drum. 


vexillSrii,  -drum, 

In  verba  juro,      (i), 


-!tui9 


pay^  service^  trfbuh. 

diuharge. 

woffare^  military  sa^ 

via. 
•ath. 
rtcrttiL 
veteram 
iscemption, 
soldiers  who  havi  serv€d 

ihar  time, 
rtsirvt  forces, 
swear  {according  to  a 

formulary), 
strve,  deserve. 
serve  (as  a  soldier). 


40.  [xxxvii.]   War  {Camp), 


tSbem&ciihim,  -i, 

practorimn,  -i, 
porta  d^iimana,  -ae  -ae, 

castra  hibema,  -drum, 

castra  aestiva,  -drum, 

castra  stitiva,  -drum, 

ipertua,  -i  -ae  -i. 


[13J 


tint. 

general s  tent. 
main  gate  of  camp, 
winter  camp, 
summer  camp, 
stationary  camp, 
open^  unprotected. 


Fourteenth  Edition.     Crown  %vo.     2s.  6eL 

LATIN  EXAMINATION  PAPERS 

IM  MISCELLANEOUS  GRAMMAR  AND  IDIOMS 

The  following  papers  have  been  compiled  to  proride  boy* 
who  have  passed  beyond  the  elementary  stages  of  grammar 
and  scholarship  with  practice  in  miscellaneous  grammar 
and  idioms. 

Considerable  space  has  been  given  to  the  doctrines  of 
the  moods  (a  real  test  of  accurate  scholarship),  and  to 
those  short  idioms  and  idiomatic  sentences  which  illustrate 
the  differences  between  the  English  and  Latin  languages. 

The  papers  are  graduated  in  difficulty,  may  form  part  of 
the  ordinary  class  work,  and  may  be  used  tfiva  voce^  with  or 
without  preparation,  or  as  a  written  examination.  Many  of 
the  questions  have  been  set  in  the  University,  Public 
Schools,  and  other  examinations. 

A  KEY  TO  THE  ABOVE,  by  P.  Hbbblbthwaiti,  M.A. 
Issued  to  Teachers  and  Private  Students  on  Application  to 
the  Publishers.    Sixth  Edition.     Price  6s.  mt  (postage  ^d.). 


JUNIOR  LATIN  EXAMINATION  PAPERS 

IN    MISCELLANEOUS    GRAMMAR    AND    IDIOMS 

By  C.  G.  BOTTING,  B.A.,  Assistant  Master  at  St  Paul's. 

Fifth  Edition.     Fcap  8m.     zi. 

An  easier  book  on  the  same  lines  as  LaHn  Examination  Papers. 
It  is  intended  for  use  In  the  Lower  Forms  of  Public  Schools,  and  hj 
candidates  preparing  for  the  Oxford  and  Cambridge  Junior  Local 
BftMninations.  The  volume  contains  720  carefully  graduated  original 
questions,  divided  into  papers  of  ten  questions  each.  An  ingenious 
method  of  marking  is  introduced  in  this  volume  by  which  each  paper, 
or  part  of  a  paper,  may  be  marked  with  the  same  maximum  number 
of  marks. 
A  KEY  TO   THE  ABOVE,  by   H.   T.   Facon,  B.A.— Issued  to 

Teachers  and  Private  Students  on  Application  to  the  Publishers. 

31.  6d.  net  (postage  ^d. ). 

[u] 


[Specimen  Fag€^} 
64  Latin  Examination  Papers. 

2.  What  is  the  difference  in  meaning  between  the  singular 
and  plural  of — comitiumj  littera,  luduSy  tabula  ? 

3.  Translate— what  does  it  matter  to  me?  accused  of 
embezzlement ;  a  house  of  marble  ;  the  day  after  the  battle  ; 
after  the  rising  of  the  sun;  do  not  lie;  more  than  three 
months ;  to  Naples ;  lighter  than  gold ;  at  least ;  at  length. 

4.  Explain  the  forms — qui,  sultis^  viden,  fervit, 

5.  Translate  and  comment  on — (i)  Opus  est  proper afei. 
(2)  Parcite  procedere.  (3)  Non  recusavit  quomifius  poenam 
subiret     (4)  Nullum  intermisi  diem  qm'n  scriberem. 

6.  Turn  into  oratio  recta— {1)  Dixit  eum  si  hoc  diceret, 
errare.  (2)  Dixit  eum  si  hoc  diceret,  erraturum  esse^  (3) 
Dixit  eum  si  hoc  dixisset,  erraturum  fuissCo 

7.  Explain  the  figures  in — (i)  Pateris  libamus  at  aurOo 
(2)  Insaniens  sapientiao  (3)  Superbos  Tarquini  fasces,  (4) 
Scuta  latentia  condunt.     (5)  Dulce  loquens  LalagCo 

8.  Give  the  constructions  witti — poUiceor,  impero,  refert, 
vereor,  quum,  ne.  Distinguish  between  the  transitive  and 
intransitive  uses  of — fugio,  consulo,  convenio. 

9.  What  do  you  mean  by—cardinal  numbers,  consecutive 
clause,  co-ordinate  sentence,  diaeresis,  enclitics,  labials? 

10.  What  English  words  are  derived  from — templum, 
metior,  sidus,  dexter,  ambio  ?  What  were  the  original  names 
of  the  months  Julius  and  Augustus  1 

11.  Give  an  example  oi  coepi'm.  passive  construction, 

12.  Translate — I  know  no  one  tr>  trust  Do  not  prevent 
me  from  going.  Do  you  know  how  many  years  Caesar  lived  ? 
Who  has  seen  the  Pyramids  without  wondering  at  them? 
We  are  permitted  to  do  thiso 

['SJ 


Third  Edition.     Ctown%vd.     is.  bd. 

A   SHORTER   GREEK    PRIMER 

This  book  contains  the  elements  of  Greek  Accidence  and  Syntax 
in  a  compass  of  less  than  lOO  pages. 


Fourth  Edi/ion,  Revised.     Fcap.  Svo.   is.  6d. 

EASY  GREEK    PASSAGES 
FOR   UNSEEN    TRANSLATION 

Uniform  with  "Easy  Latin  Passages."     See  page  6. 


Third  Edilron.      l'6mo.      is. 

STEPS   TO    GREEK 

Uniform  with  "Initia  Latina."     See  page  2, 


Crozun  Svo.     2s. 

EASY   GREEK    EXERCISES 

By  C.    G.    BOTTING,    B.A.,  Assistant  Master  at  St  PauP 
Uniform  with  *'  Easy  Latin  Exercises."     See  page  8. 


Fourth  Edition.     Fcap.  Svo.   is.  6d. 

GREEK   VOCABULARIES 
FOR   REPETITION 

ARRANGED  ACCORDING   TO   SUBJECTS 
Uniform  with  "Latin  Vocabularies."     See  page  I2. 

[.6] 


SHORTER  GREEK  PRIMER 


22 


Stems  in  o  pure 


Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Stem 

<f>l\LO 

<^iXia 

</>iA.to 

N. 

^tXtOS 

<l>L\ld 

(fyCXiov 

I 

V. 

k}>l\u 

<f>L\La 

<})C\lov          1 

A. 

(fiCXiov 

<fii\iav 

k^lXlov 

'^ 

G. 

<^iXiov 

fjxXLd'S 

<f}t.XLOV              - 

R 

<l>t\L<0 

^(A,(a 

^iA,up 

« 

N.V.A. 

KfaXCdi 

<^iX(a) 

«^i\t(i> 

f§ 

G.D. 

(juXlOLV 

<^tA,totv 

(jiLXlOLV 

N.V, 

KfttkiOL 

<j>iX.iai 

fftiXia 

^ 

A, 

^tAiovs 

<j>iXLas 

(ficXia 

1 

G. 

^tXtW 

<f>LX.LOiV 

KJuXiOiV 

U 

0(.X(Ot? 

(^tXtiat? 

<^tXibis 

Decline  also :  Sixatos,  ytt«^  /  oo-tos,  holy. 
Contracted  Adjectives 


stem 

Masc. 

Xpvcrovs 

;(pv(rovv 

')(pv(rov 

Xpv(r<3 

Fern. 
Xpv<Trj 

Xpvcr^s 
Xpvcn7 

Neut. 

1 
1 

Xpvarovv 

)(pV<TOVV 

Xpva-ovv 

Xpv<Tov 

Xpva-^ 

1 

iVlF.A 
G.D. 

Xpvo-<o 
;(pv<rorv 

Xpva-OLv 

Xpva-OLV 

i 

N.V. 
A. 
G. 
D. 

;(pi5o-o? 
■XpvfTov^ 
)(pvcr(i}V 
Xpvo-ois 

Xpvo-at 
Xpvo-as 

^(pVOroJV 

Xpvcra 

Xpva-a             \ 
XpvcrSiv 
Xpvo'ots 

Decline  also  :  a7rA,ov9,  simple  ;  dpyvpov?,  of  silver. 

Note  1. — Adjectives  in  -ov?  pure  (like  dpyvpov^)  keep  the  a 
all  through  the  Feminine  Singular. 

Note  2. — The  methods  of  contraction  should  be  carefully 
noted  (of.  p.  5). 

[17] 


GREEK  TESTAMENT  SELECTIONS 

FOR  THE   USB  OF  SCHOOL-^ 

mtA  iMirt^tttiUft,  /r»£es,  and  C^mfktt  V9tmiml^»y. 

This  small  vielttme  coaUing  ft  s«leedon  <^  pastn^p,  each  soi&cient 
for  a  lesaKMk,  Crtmi  the  Gospels,  furmiiig  a  life  «tf  Christ.  !a  &cho(^ 
where  <H&ly  e  tknkcd  tiaie  cae  1>«  firca  to  the  stixiy  •/  the  Greek 
Testament  »n  ojpporttmitj  Is  thus  scp[^ied  (or  readixkc  some  of  the 
most  cbaractcdstic  aa^  istcrestiog  {Hus&gea. 


*'When  the  first  editioa  of  this  esefttl  bock  w«s  published  we 
▼eotured  to  predict  that  it  would  be  highly  ap{^eciated  and  widely 
nsed.  Such  has  been  the  cas«.  A  new  editkot  has  been  called  for, 
and  a  m>3cb  ^^ak^^^ed  a%d  toapfiored  editioa  has  beea  iscacd." — 
Journal  cf  EdH^aiitm, 


Crown  iP0r     ts.  6d, 
Ninth  Sdiiiont  Kevistd  *nd  Smlargtd 

GREEK  EXAMINATION  PAPERS 

IN  MISCELLANEOUS   GRAMMAR  AND  IDIOMS 

Uniform  with  I>stin  Examination  Papers  (see  pa^t;  14)* 

"Teachers  will  find  these  papers  ^ery  ttseful." — Spodator. 
"Very  useful  for  teachers.   — Saturday  Revitw, 

A  KEY  TO  THE  ABOVE,  by  P.  Hbiblrthwaitb,  M.A. 
Issued  to  Teachers  z.v\A  Private  Students  on  application  to  the 
Publishers.  Fourth  Edition.     Prict  6,f.  mt  {postage  yi. ). 

Fcap.  %vo.     IS. 

JUNIOR  GREEK  EXAMINATION  PAPERS 

By  T.  C.  Weatherhbad,  M.A.» 
Headmaster  of  King's  College  Choir  School,  Cambridge. 

An  easier  book  on  the  lines  of  the  above.  It  will  be  found  to  meet 
the  requiremeats  of  the  Preparatory  Schools  and  candidates  for  the 
Jiu«ior  Local  tUM  CoUege  oi  Piecepton'  Es:aminattor>&. 

[»«3 


Greek  ExamiTiation  Pofpeft. 


5,  Translate  and  comment  on — (1)  dKoija-ag  b^  avr&v 

TpvC^VT(OV...TU>V       oIkL&P      VfJiOiP       €7nTrpLaiJL€V(i)V,  (2)       OVK 

dvi^ojMaL  Cwo-tto  (3)  ov  aoi.  ^irj  fjLcOiyjfOfiaC  t:ot€. 
(4)  fjhcL  6.$Los  &p  ibv  Oavdrov.  (5)  ypa<pr]v  kbCcoKc, 
(6)  dfieC/BeLP  xpvo-ea  j^akK€L(ov.  (7)  rrvpafus  fte^fwj^ 
,.ZTp6s»     (8)   6  pidvTLS  Tohs  koyovs  xlr^vbe'is  A^yet. 

6.  What  notion  generally  precedes  the  use  of  irpCv  ? 
Give  rules  for  the  construction  of  final  sentences  in 

Greek,  with  examples. 

7.  Give  the  Greek  of— mast;  sail;  anchor;  stem; 
the  school  of  Plato;  some  people;  with  impunity;  as 
far  as  was  in  their  power ;  may  you  be  happy ;  skilful 
in  speaking;  it  being  lawful;  more  honest  than  rich; 
fairer  than  any  before ;  too  heavy  for  a  boy ;  we  must 
obey  him ;  he  did  it  unseen ;  don  t  talk. 

8,  Is  there  any  connection  or  similarity  between  the 
case-endings  of  Latin  and  Greek  ? 

9«  Translate— 

Ic  He  sent  for  his  wife  and  her  son. 

2.  Do  not  go  away  tilJ  I  come. 

3.  Surely  you  do  not  say  so  ? 

LXVIIIo 

1.  Give  the  Genitive  and  Gender  of — ydKa — ikTris 
• — dvdos — TTLva^ —  Kpdros — cdp^ — (piyyos — X'^^* — yerettis" 
— X€Ktb(op. 

2o  Give  the  chief  tenses  of — atpoa — iTrtrt^^t — iXavvm 

-^a^ivPVill €U7tiTrTO»—^dKPQii>o 

[I9l 


Crown  8fw.     zs  Sd. 

Sixth  Edition^  rewritten. 

GENERAL    KNOWLEDGE 
EXAMINATION    PAPERS 

These  Papers  have  been  compQed  t«  Aurakh  pmctke  Un  tkosc  v^ 
mre  jprep&ring  for  Scholarships  at  the  Pnblk  Sdudols  and  at  the  Uai- 
▼entities.  A  large  CHOiber  of  the  o^»tioas  are  original,  a^larger  namber 
taken  from  papers  actaallj  set.  The  first  fifty  papers  are  aaitable  for 
bojrs  preparing  Ua  Pnl^e  School  Scholarships ;  the  remaixvder  for 
Candidates  for  the  College  Scholarships.  This  edition  (1907)  has  been 
earefolly  retrised  and  brought  up  to  date  by  Mr  C  G.  BOTTING,  B.A., 
and  a  number  0/  »«w  questions  have  beea  added. 

A  KEY  TO  THE  ABOVE.— Issued  to  Teachers  and  Private  Students 
only,  en  application  t«  the  Publishert.  Pmtrik  Riitim,  Price 
7/.  wei"  (postage  yL\ 


Fcai^  Wm    it, 

JUNIOR  GENERAL  INFORMATION 
EXAMINATION  PAPERS 

By  W.  a  BjLkUk 

An  easier  book  mi  the  same  lines  as  the  above.  It  will  be  found 
suitable  for  the  Junior  Examinations  and  Candidates  for  County 
Scholarships 

A  KEY  TO  THE  ABOVE.— Issued  to  Teachers  and  Prirate  Students 
only  <m  application  to  the  Fublishen.     3«.  M.  mmT  (postage  3^ ). 


JUNIOR  GEOGRAPHY  EXAMINATION  PAPERS.  By  W.  G, 
Bakbr,  M.A.     Fta^.  &vo.  is. 

JUNIOR  ENGLISH  EXAMINATION  PAPERS.  Bein|:  Ques- 
tions  on  English  Grammar,  Parsing,  Analysis,  Paraphrasmg,  and 
Composition.  By  W.  Williamson,  B.A.,  author  oi  ''Dictation 
Passages.**    Fca/,  Sv*.     is. 

This  book  contaiiui  Seventy-two  Papers  td  Ten  Questions  each,  and 
will  be  found  to  meet  the  requirements  of  ail  the  Kxaminations  in 
EngUsh  usually  taken  in  Schools — excepting  the  "Senior  Locals" 
and  the  "London  Matriculation.**  The  pi^;>ers  have  been  carefully 
graduated,  and  so  arranged  that  they  may  be  used  to  test  the  pupils' 
knowledge  either  of  the  Subject  generally  or  of  somc  par^calar  braach 
of  it  which  is  weak. 


f»-l 


[Specimen  Page] 
36      JUNIOR   GENERAL  INFORMATION 

OU«  1.  II  ti  tuniAl  to  ipeak  of  •  hone  aa  being;  fo  muiy 
handt  high ;  Maamiag  a  c«rtAiii  horfe  if  aixtMii  handa 
high,  expresa  the  hsighl  ia  feet  aad  inohaa. 

2.  Qire  the  meaning  and  the  derlratioB,  If  joc  oaa,  sf 
the  werdi  index  and  errorftim.  Write  each  in  ita  ploral 
form. 

What  ia  the  object  ef  aa  ludn  to  a  book  ? 

3.  What  da  btudneM  mea  mean  by  a  remlttanoa,  a 
▼ouchftr  and  a  receipt  reapeotiTolj  ? 

When  ia  it  neocMiaary  to  affix  a  atamp  en  a  reoeipt  for 
money  taken  ;  «nd  what  mnat  be  the  Talue  dt  the  atamp  ? 

4.  What  are  airaUd  watem  aad  mineral  watera  re- 
apeotirdl  J  ? 

Name  Uiree  plaeee  in  the  Britiah  lalanda  noted  for  the 
latter,  and  giro  the  poaition  ef  eaoh  plaoe. 

5.  Why  doea  marble  appear  eolder  to  lh«  Umtk  than 
wood? 

1.  Name  and  deMribe  aix  radetiea  of  Britiah  bntterfliM. 

7.  In  which  of  Sir  Walter  Soott'a  worka  are  the  follow- 
ing  eharaotera  introduced :  Caleb  Balderstone,  Roderick 
Dhn,  QuentiB  Durward,  Edward  Rarenawood  aiid  Doadnio 
Sampson? 

Doaoribe  rwry  briefly  <m«  of  the  oharactra. 

8.  What  do  you  mean  by  (i)  a  martyr  and  (ii)  a  patriot? 
Oire  illaatratieni  from  the  history  of  England  daring  the 

laat  100  yeara,  stating  briefly  ihu  facta  oonnooted  with  the 
Urea  of  the  peraena  yo«  select. 

9.  Name  the  chief  parta  of  a  sewing-maohine ;  aad  atate 
their 


10.  What  do  yon  ondcrst&rvd  by  the  expreaaioa  tk§ 
Commonwealth  of  AuttrtdiA^  Name  ^e  eoloaioa  included 
nader  this  title. 

Who  ia  the  protest  Gk>Temor>Q«nerai  of  the 
w«ailh? 

r2i] 


STEPS   TO   FRENCH 

Righck  BditioH,     i8  mo,     Sd. 

One  of  the  easiest  French  Elementary  Books  in  existence.     Uniform 
with  *'Initia  Latina."     See  page  2. 

FIRST  FRENCH   LESSONS 

Ninth  Edition.     Crown  %vo.     \u 

Uniform  with  "First  Latin  Lessons."     See  page  2 

EASY    FRENCH    PASSAGES    FOR   UNSEEN 
TRANSLATION 

Sixth  Edition.     Fcap.     Svo.  is.  6d. 

Uniform  with  "Easy  Latin  Passages."     See  page  6. 

EASY  FRENCH  EXERCISES  ON  ELEMEN- 
TARY SYNTAX 

With  Vocabulary.     Fourth  Edition,     Crown  ^vo.  2s.  6d.     In  use 
at  Charterhouse.     J^ey,  3J.  net,  (postage  yJ.), 

Uniform  with  '*  Easy  Latin  ExeP^cises."     See  page  8. 

FRENCH     VOCABULARIES     FOR     REPETI- 
TION:   Arranged  according  to  Subjects 

Thirteenth  Edition.     Fcap.  Svo.     is. 

Uniform  with  "Latin  Vocabularies."     See  page  12. 

GERMAN    VOCABULARIES    FOR    REPETI- 

TION  :    Arranged  according  to  Subjects 

By  Sophie  Wright,  late  Scholar  of  Bedford  College,  London. 
Fcap.  Svo.   IS.  6d. 

Uniform  with  "Latin  Vocabularies."     See  page  12, 


[Specimen  Page  of  First  French  Lessons] 

NOTES  ON  THE  VERBS 


67 


1.  Translate — 

iis  se  portent  mal 
je  m'appelle  Louis 
vous  vous  portez 
bien 

IT,  Give  Frencli  of- 


ils  se  trompent 
ils  se  sont  lev6s 
nous  nous  6tions 
reposes 


they  are  very  well 
they  would  get  up 
we  will  not  go  to 
bed 

in. 

1.  A 


you  deceive  yourself 
go  to  bed 

they  call  themselves 
French 


levez-vous 
couchons-nous 
je  me  suis  trompe 


we  shall  rest 
we  are  not  well 
they  have  deceived 
themselves 


quelle  heure  vous   coucherez-vous  ce  soir  ?     A  onze 
heures. 

2.  II  s'est  tromp6,  je  pense. 

3.  A  quelle  heure  vous  etes-vous  \e\6  ce  matin  ?    A 

heures. 

4.  Vous  ne  vous  reposez  jamais. 

5.  Ce  g^n^rcil  s'etait  tromp6. 

6.  Comment  vous  portez-vous,  mon  cher  ?     Trfes  bien,  merci 
7o  Les  ennemis  se  sont  battus. 

8.  Nous  nous  levons  souvent  k  six  heures. 

9.  Ne  vous  trompez  pas  :  vous  ne  r^ussirez  jamais. 

10.  Comment  votre  ami  se  porte-t-il  ?     Tr^s  bien. 

11.  Comment  vous  appelez- vous  ?     Je  m'appelle  Henri. 

12.  Nous  nous  portons  trfes  mal. 

IV. 

1.  How  aie  you  to-day?    I  am  very  bad. 

2.  At  what  hour  did  you  go  to  bed  yesterday  ?    At  sii*. 

3.  You  deceive  yourself,  my  friend. 

4.  Do  not  get  up  at  10.0  this  morning. 

5.  Dogs  and  cats  always  fight. 

6.  They  had  rested  many  hours. 

7.  Get  up  at  five  and  go  to  bed  at  ten.     Thank  you. 

8.  What  is  your  name  1     My  name  is  Charles. 

9.  How  is  your  brother  ?     Very  well,  thank  you. 

10.  We  shall  all  go  to  bed  at  nine  to-night. 

11.  These  men  had  deceived  themselves. 

12.  At  what  hour  will  they  go  to  bed  1     At  10.0. 


Fourteenth  Edition,     Crown  8vo.  2s.  (>d. 

FRENCH    EXAMINATION    PAPERS 

IN   MISCELLANEOUS  GRAMMAR  AND   IDIOMS 

See  page  2)2  for  Scheme  of  Series. 

**  I  am  delighted  to  find  you  have  supplied  a  want  in  our  School 
teaching,  and  produced  a  book  which  I  have  often  wished  to  see 
started.  I  consider  your  Papers  in  their  graduated  arrangement  are 
all  that  can  be  desired,  and  I  shall  strongly  recommend  them  for  use 
in  the  Modern  Side  and  Army  Class  here." — I^ev.  A.  C.  Clapin, 
Sherborne,  Examiner  in  French,  Oxford  and  Cambridge  Local 
Examinations. 

"The  book  seems  very  well  conceived,  and  likely  to  be  of  great 
service  not  only  to  boys  entering  the  Public  Schools,  but  to  all  those 
who  are  preparing  for  an  examination.  The  idioms  are  remarkably 
well  choseri." — M.  George  Fetilleau^  Charterhouse. 

"I  have  used  the  French  Examination  Papers  for  some  months 
with  my  private  pupils,  and  I  have  found  th{-:m  very  useful." — M. 
Henri  Bu(f^  Merchant  Taylors. 

"Your  book  is  likely  to  prove  very  useful,  and  I  have  found  it 
Very  suggestive. " — M.  Eugene  Fasnacht,  Westminster. 

"No  more  convenient  work  could  be  written  for  teachers  io 
tVlodern  Classes.  I  have  introduced  it  in  my  Upper  Class." — M. 
H.  L.  Guilmant,  Repton. 

"I  think  your  idea  a  very  good  one,  and  I  shall  take  the  first 
opportunity  of  making  use  of  your  book." — The  French  Master^ 
Cheltenham. 

A  KEY  TO  THE  ABOVE,  compiled  by  G.  A.  Schrumpf, 
B.A.,  Univ.  of  France.  Issued  to  Tutors  and  Private  Students 
only,  on  application  to  the  Publishers.  ^  Sixth  Edition.  Price  6j. 
net.    (postage  3^.). 


JUNIOR  FRENCH  EXAMINATION  PAPERS 

IN  MISCELLANEOUS  GRAMMAR  AND  IDIOMS 

By  F.  Jacob,  M.A.,  House  Master  at  Felsted  School 
S*c»Hd  Edition.     Fcap.  %v«.    u. 

JUNIOR  GERMAN  EXAMINATION  PAPERS 

By  A.  VoBGBLlif,  M.A.,  Assistant  Master  at  Si  Paul's  School. 
Ftuf.  Sw.     Uo 

[«4] 


JUNIOR  FRENCH  EXAMINATION  PAPERS    55 

LV 

X.  Wliat  U  the  gender  of  most  rircrs  and  countries 
ending  in  -e  mute?  Give  five  examples  and  two  ex- 
ceptions to  each. 

2.  Give  the  feminine  of  chetfui^  etukanieur^  P^% 
ker^er^  veng^eur^  indiscrst^  caneton^  cfumutat^  ond*^  venf, 

%,  Distinguish  between  the  pronoun  leur  and  the 
adjective  leur^  and  show  how  they  are  used  in  sexttesices. 

4.  V/hat  mood  must  a  verb  be  put  in  whes  it  is 
governed  by  a  preposition?  Give  examples  and  ae 
exceptioxk 

5.  Write  the  3rd  pers.  sing.  p»rescnt  indicative  and  th« 
xnd  pers.  piurai  future  indicative  oi  t^assto^^  vaituf^, 
hdrt^fair^  vitir. 

6.  Classify  adverbs  and  give  two  examples  of  each 
class. 

7.  Distinguish  between  U  cUiftUy  la  clofttg;  U  guid*^ 
U  gwdsj  It  politique.  Im  p&Hiiqu4j  U  vcik^  U  vtik; 
U  tri&mpk€y  lit  triofi^hc. 

%.  Under  what  dnrumstances  do  tnu/;^  zxrd  ctnt  take 
the  sign  of  the  plural  ?    Give  examples, 

9.  Translate  into  French  \ 

(L)  /i  ik^  tm  strong  en^ugk  f 
(!i)  /  shall  ttsJkf-  s&mt  t^aft 
(Ul)   WUlyeupmumKthekremdt 

xo.  Give  the  Englisk  Iqt  : 

(L)  Vous  limme  p«3  U  setts  cemstmn, 
(ii)  II SU4  sattg  gt  mm. 

M 


SCHOOLS  USING  THESE  BOOKS.* 


Bath. 

Bedford. 

Blundell's. 

Charterhouse. 

Chelteoham. 

Christ's  Hospital 

Citr  of  LondOfli. 

CUltoa. 

Daiwich. 


Eton. 

Exeter. 

Felsted. 

Glasgfow  University. 

Haileybury. 

Harrow. 

Hereford. 

Highg:at& 

Malvern. 


AbbeyUix—'Ptea.iaa  School. 
Jderdftm^BlniM's  College. 

Church    of    Scotland    Tnaiaing 
College  and  Practising  School. 

Free  Chorch  Training  College. 

Robert  Gordon's  College. 
^^//iwgWM/— Grammar  SchooL 
Aiefftl* — Arooid  Hoosc,  Llandulas. 
AHngdm—Tht  SchooL 
Aiderl^  Edii~GUW  High  School. 

The  Ryleys  School. 
A^ttrd^m^  School. 
AlltM — A<»aemy. 
AlwcAurci — Grammar  School. 
Ascat—St  Georgc'i  School. 
A s/t/ord— Modem  High  School. 
AtkerstoM* — Atherstone  School. 
Auckland^  /IT.  Z. —Grammar  SchooL 

Onewhiro  District  SchooL 

BalUnashe—Si  Joseph's  College. 
Ballymtna — Academy. 
Bmngor — Cotinty  School. 

St  Deniol's  School. 
BapisiMd — Banstead  SchooL 
Barm«utk — County  School. 
Barrow  -  in  -  Furtuss  —  Secondary 

School. 
Both — Dvuuford  House. 

Kingswood  SchooL 

The  College. 
BatUy—T)ipX  Teachers'  Centre. 
Be&umarit — County  SchooL 
Bedwellty—Bo^sA  SchooL 
Bega  {N,S.  ^.)— Grammar  SchooL 
^^^tff/— Tutorial  Instittite. 

Y.M.C.A.  Classes. 
Birkhamstead  —  Girls'      Grammar 

SchooL 
i9«xAt7/— DevoMhirc  Hoase. 


Merchant  Taylors. 
Reading;  Uniy.  CoH. 
Repton.      I      RossaiL 
St  Paul's. 
Sherborne. 
Shrevfsbury. 
Taunton. 
Westminster. 
Winchester. 


BexAiii—Ebox  School. 
^^«#~Coulter  SchooL 
^iTfAwf— Pupil  Teachers'  Centre, 
8irchistgi9H — Felbrigge  School. 

Woodford  House. 
BirlUniMd—Ashiotd  House  Sch. 

Girls'  High  School. 

litcard  High  SchooL 

Rock  Ferry  College. 

The  Institute. 

Wittenberg  School. 
BirmiHfham  —  Edgbaston      High 
SchooL 

Edgbast(»  Preparatory  School. 

Geoqj^e  Dixoa  Secondary  School. 

King  EdwanFs  School,  Bath  Row. 

King  Edward  VI.  School,  Aston. 

Loiudale  House,  Moseley. 

Midland  Institute. 

St  Philip's  Grammar  School. 

West  House,  Edgbaston. 
Bishcfs  St»rtf»rd—Tht  College. 
Bleukp<>9l--B\&^iMm  Lodge. 

High  School. 
Bkutdforu—Qovoitj  Secondary  Sch. 

Grammar  SchooL 
B«gn»r — Colebrook  House. 

Mlddletoa  School. 

Royal  Naval  Academy 
^tfiy^—Church  Institute  SchooL 
Beotk — Technical  School. 
BauTfumouth — Arnold  College. 

High  School. 

Old  Ride  SchooL 

Poyntingion  SchooL 
Brm/ktull — Lambrook  School, 
Bradford— ^\\cv\:it  Secondary  Sch. 

Carlton   Street  Girls'  Secondary 
School. 

Girls'  Grammar  SchooL 


[•«] 


UST  OF  SCHOOLS-^CmHnuid 


Bradford' — Hanson  Secoadary  Sch. 

St  Bcde's  Grammar  School. 
Bridgtnd — County  School. 
Bridgev>ater~Qo\\G^a.it.  School. 
BtigkUtn — AddiscomV>c  College. 

Brighton  College. 

Brighton  and  Hoyc  High  School. 

Clarence  College. 

Cottismore  School. 

Lansdowne  Hoiise. 

Merton  House. 

Miss  Fuggle's  School. 

Miss  Plpson's  School. 

Secondary  Girls'  School. 

St  Attbyn's,  Rottingdean. 

The  Contenty  Kemp  Town. 
i?r/j/#/— Colston's  School. 

Merchant    Venturer's    Technical 
College  Boys'  School. 
Broadsiairs— Si  Peter's  Covrt. 
Broxburn — Public  School. 
i9«^>W^— PubUc  School. 
Buckingham  — l<Jt\\%  St.   Council 

School. 
Bude  i5raw«— Collegiate  School. 
Burgess  Z^///— Helena  High  School. 
Burgh  ^«j/^— Copthill. 
Burnley — Grammar  School. 
Burtan-^H- Tnnt — Grammar  Seh. 

Repton  Preparatory  School. 
Buiy — Grammar  School. 

Girl's  Grammar  School. 

Cala,  5.^.— Public  School. 
Camborne — Redbrooke  College. 
Canterbury — Romer  House  School. 

Wootton  Court. 
Cardiff— VixtxQV)  House  School. 
Carlisle — Stanwix  House. 

West  View  School. 
Carmarthen  —  Intermediate    Girls' 

School. 
Cheltenham — Bellmore  House. 

Glyngarth  School. 

Grammar  School. 
Chester — Upper  Northgate  School. 

Wirral  f louse. 

Chesterfield— Mio^nK  St  Mary's  CoL 
lege. 

^^PP^^S  ^*rt§n — Grammar  Sch. 


Christchurch  (iV.Z.)— Girls'  High 
School. 

Twynham  Lodge. 
Clay  Cross — County  Secondar   Sch 
C/m/— Mount  College. 
Clevedon — Channel  View  School. 
Cli/Cm—St  Ives'  School. 

Wykeham  House. 
Colchester — Royal  Grrammar  School. 
Co/«5^//— Grammar  School. 
Co/wtf//~-Thc  Elms. 
Congkt^n — Mc»s)ry  Hall. 
CW-*— Presentation  Brothers'  Coll. 
Coventry— GitW  High  School. 
Cowbridge — Great  House  School. 
Covoes — Grammar  School. 
Cowley — St  Kenelm's  School. 
C7ro«&i^A— Craaleigh  School. 
Crevkerne—QtxmxsiMi  School. 
Crovfborougk — The  Grange. 
Croychm — High  School  for  Boys. 

Deerlingten — Grammar  School 
Denstone — Denstone  College. 
l>erby—l>tt\ij  School, 

Girls'  High  School. 
Devpnport—QtufifM.  House,  Stokt 

The  High  School. 

Stoke  Public  Higher  School. 
/>(Wi~Chri«5tlan  Brothers'  School 
Dorking — Tower  House  School. 
Douglas — Cirammar  School. 
Dover — Wingfield  House. 
Driffield — Grammar  School. 
Dublin — Belvedere  College. 

Dominican  Coavent. 

Loreto  College. 

Lcweto  Convent,  R&thmines. 

St  Andrew's  College. 

Stephen's  Green  School. 

Tutorial  Academy. 

Wesley  College. 
Dudley— VvLipil  Teachers'  Centre. 
Durham— Btdley  School. 

High  School. 
/>mimj;!|/«I— Educational  Institute, 

Eastbourne — Aldro  School. 
Ascbam  School 
Cholmeley  House. 
Griassinglon  L&diet'  College. 


L»7j 


LIST  OF  SCHOOLS— CmHmttd 


Eastboume—WMiaAt  School. 

Rojal  NaT«i  Acftdemy. 

St  Andrews. 

St  CypriftB*!. 

St  Vkeenf  f. 
East  Grinstead—¥oni\\i\\. 
MMw      Vmle  —  Pupil     Teachers' 

Ceatre. 
Eules — Gnmnuir  School. 
EdderioH—EddeTton  School. 
Edinburgh — Academy. 

George  Watson's  College. 

North  Merchiston  Public  School. 

Royal  High  School. 

Tutorial  Institute. 
iS:/Mtf)w— Eltham  College. 
Enfiild—Soyxih  Lodge. 
EnglefUld  (JVmk— Scaitdi£fie. 
EnnisJUi!en~-Uodtl  School. 
Epsom— The  Hollies. 
ir;i;#/tfr— Egerton  House. 

FaieMk«m—Holt  House  School. 
Falmouth — Grammar  School. 
Fareham — Stubbington  House. 
Ftntrshetm — Grammar  School. 

William  Gibb's  Girls'  School. 

Wreight's  School. 
/^(T/r^dwy— Collegiate  Scfao«l. 
FestinUg—CoyaX?!  School. 
Ftlkestnu — Praetoria  House. 

St  Nicholas  School. 

Woodlands  School. 
Ftrdyce — Fordyce  Academy. 
Forres — The  Academy. 

Glasgow* — Academy. 

Bellahouston  Academy. 

Free  Church  Trahaing  College. 

Hillhead  High  School. 

Pupil  Teachers'  Institute. 

Rumford  Street  Public  School. 

Sir  John  Maxwell  School. 
GrakamstowH — Training  School. 
Grtat  Yarmouth — Grammar  School. 

High  School. 
Grenfell,  N.S.  W^— Superior  Public 

School. 
Grimsby — Wintringfaam  Secondary 

School. 
GuiW*rd—id\ta  Hottst. 


6^»^/iig^^^— CamlMridge  House. 

ffaJ^ax—ViA^X  Teachers'  Centre. 
HarpendtH — United  Scnrices  Coll. 
Harrogate — Ashrille  College. 

Pannal  Ash  College. 
Harrogate — Western  College. 
HortUbury — Grammar  School. 
Hinokchead — Grammar  School. 
Htrnkhurst—lMdox  Hall. 
Hayward*s  Heath — Heathmere. 
^tfMtfm— New  To^n  Council  Sch. 
Hobnsdah—YxHcXvc.  School. 
Hemol  Hempstead— QiXvaxroMx  Sch. 
HtnUy-OH'  Thamts — Grammar  Sch, 
£r<r«/*rrf— Cathedral  School. 
Hertford— Vm.  Croft. 
Heversham — The  Scho<d. 
Hexham— BK\X\t  Hill  School. 
High  Bamet—mt%v&  College. 
J5r*<r/y«— Girls'  Grammar  School. 
Holyhead— Coanij  School. 
Houitom—All  Hallow's  School. 
Horsham — Grammar  School. 

Heathfield  House. 
Hunsta»$ton—G\the  House 

7^1)^/— Cranbrook  Park  School. 
Invormss — InTemess  College. 

farrow — Secondary  School. 
Jersey — Windsor  Crescent  School. 

iToiM^— High  School. 
Kelso— High.  School. 
KetteHng—G\xW  High  School. 
Kidderminster— ¥xr^t[6.  School. 

King  Charles  I.  School. 
KUkenny—KiWcnnj  College. 
Kiilamey — St  Brendan's. 
^ir«ifr/wii~Victoria  School. 

Lancaster — Royal  Grammar  School. 
Langholm — The  Academy. 
Lame — Grammar  School. 
Leamington— Q\x\&^  High  School. 
Leatherhtad — Cameron  House. 

Preston  House. 

St  John's  School. 
Lidbury—^kx^i/tyS.  Endowed  School 
/^^'-Oentral  High  Sdiooi. 


[•«] 


LIST  OF  SCHOOLS-'CmUinttU 


Z^fl&— Fulneck  School. 

Grammar  School. 

Headinglcy  College. 
Z*^— High  School. 

Girls'  High  School. 
I^e-on-Soimt — Trafalgar  House. 
Leicester— U\\\  Hill  House. 
Leith — Academy. 
Leytonstotu — Lynmouth  College. 
Limavady — Roebank  School. 
Limerick — Laurel  Hill  Conrent. 
Littlehampton — Hadleigh  House. 
Liverpool — Convent  of  Notre  Dame. 

Convent  of  the  Sacred  Heart. 

East  Liverpool  High  School. 

Institute  Girls'  High  School. 

Liverpool  High  School. 

Our  Lady's  Girls'  School,  Eldon 
Street. 

P.  T.  Centre,  Mount  Pleasant. 

St  Michael's  Council  School. 

Training  College. 

UUct  School. 
Uandudnc—Sywtll  House. 
London — Alleyn's  School,  Dulwich. 

Alton  House,  Blackheath. 

Belmont  House,  LcjC. 

Borough  Polytechnic. 

Brightland's  School,  Dulwich. 

Brockley  Secondary  School. 

Central  Foundation  School  (Boys). 

Central  Foundation  Girls'  School, 

Chrlsfs  College,  Finchley. 

Qty  FreenMin's  Orphan  School. 

Colfe  Grammar  Sch.,  Lewisham. 

Dulwich  Coll. :  Preparatory  Sch. 

Fern  Bank,  Finchley. 

Gunnersbury  High  School. 

Hackney  Pupil  Teachers'  Centre. 

Kensington  Coaching  College. 

Linden  House  School. 

Lindon  House  Sch.,  Hampstead. 

Mansfield  Road  E.  C.  School. 

Medbum  Street  Secondary  Sch. 

Norella,  Blackheath. 

Peterborough  Lodge,  Hampstead. 

Ravenna  House,  Putney. 

Roan  School,  Greenwich. 

South  Western  Polytechnic. 

Stoke  Newington  Grammar  Sch. 

StreftthMB  College. 


London  —  Sumner    Avenue     Pupil 
Teachers'  Centre. 

Warwick  College,  Brixton. 

Westfield  College,  Hampstead. 

West  Kent  Grammar  School. 

Willington,  Putney. 

Wilson's  Grammar  School,  Cam- 
berwell. 

Wimbledon  Coaching  College. 

Woodbery,  Oakleigh  Park. 

Woolwich        Pupil        Teachers' 
School. 

Dr  Wright's  Army  Classes. 
Long    Sutton  —  Pupil     Teachers' 

Centre. 
Longt0n — High  School. 

Sutherland  Institute. 
Loutk—Q\x\s*  Grammar  School. 

Grammar  School. 
Lowestoft — Holm  House  School. 
Lumsden — Lumsden  School. 
Lydncy — Collegiate  School. 

Macclesfield — Modern  School. 
Malvern— %\,  Leonard's. 
Ma$uJusfr—KniQ\<^  College,  With 
ington. 

Catholic  Collegiate  Institute. 

Central  Schools. 

Field  House  College. 

Girls'  High  School. 

Grammar  School. 

Highfield  College,  Pendleton. 

High  School,  Dover  Street. 

High  School,  Fallowfield. 

Keefe's  Civil  Service  Academy. 

Lower  Mosley  Street  Schools. 

Moravian  Ladies'  School. 

Pendleton  Grammar  School. 

South  Manchester  School. 
Mansfield — Grammar  School. 
Margate — Brondesbury  House. 

CliftonviJle  College. 

Laleham  School. 

Northdown  Hill. 

Osborne  House. 

Silesia  College. 

Surrey  House. 

Thanet  College. 
^ar«V»^r^— Maritzburg  College. 
Market  JBoswortk—Gxtmm^r  Sch. 


[•»] 


UST  OF  SCHOOLS  -Omtinutd 


Market  Rasen — Dc  Aston  School. 
Montreal — Crichton  SchooL 
Montrose — Technical  College. 
Motherwell— VLtrry  St.  Public  Sen. 
Mount  Bellero—St  Francis  Semin- 
ary. 
Mullingar—Oxiisti^ji  Schools. 

Nailsea — Nalsh  House. 
Neath — County  School. 
NeUon  (A".  2.)— The  College. 
Newbrid^—St  Patrick's  Collegiate 

School. 
Newbury — Newbury  School. 
Newcastle-on-Tyne — Clayton  Road 

School. 
Newcastle  Staf.— High  School. 

Onne  Girls"*  School. 
Newti>»-le-  fVillows—Aysgzxth  Sch. 
Newport — Salop  Grammar  School. 
Newport,  Mon.—Ozk.Bt\d.  School. 
Newtownards — The  School. 
Normanton—Gtxvcixsiax  School. 
Northampton — Rosslyn  High  Sch. 
North  Berwick— The  Abbey  Sch. 
Norwich— King  Edward  VI.  Sch. 
Nottingham — Girls'  High  School. 

High  School. 

University  School. 

WaverUy  School. 

Okekampton — Moorside  School. 
Omagh — Academy. 
C?//iry— North  Parade  School. 
Oxford — County  School. 
St  Edward's  School. 

Paignton — Montpelier  School. 

Woodsome  School. 
Parisdown — Secondary  School. 
Peterborough — School  of  Science. 
Pfymouth— Alton  School. 

Plymouth  College. 

Technical  College. 
/\>/»»*«/— Public  School. 
Pontypridd— County  School. 
Poole — Beech  House. 
Port  Elizabeth— Convftnt  School. 
Portsmouth  —  Buckingham      Place 
Academy. 

School. 


Preston— Qix\s'  High  School. 
Grammar  School. 
St  John's  College,  Grimsagh. 

Ramsgate — Chatham  House. 

St  Augustine's  College. 

Townley  Castle. 
Raynes  Park — Ormskirk  School. 
Reading— The  High  School. 
jRedcar — Cotham  Grammar  School. 
Redditch—llioTton  Hall. 
Ronton — Public  School. 
Rhymney — Pupil  Teachers'  Centre. 
Rochdale — Grammar  School. 

Pupil  Teachers'  Centre. 
Rochester — King's  School. 

Mathematical  School. 
Roehampton — Manresa  House. 
Romsey — Osborne  House. 
RugeUy — Hawksyard  School. 
Runcorn — Institute  School. 

Si  Alban's—St  Alban's  School. 

Girton  House. 
St  Andrev^t^St  Salvator's. 
St    CatheHnes    ((?»/.)— Collegiate 

Institute. 
St    Helens  —  Catholic     Gramms 
School. 

Cowley  Schools. 
St  Leonards— nm  House  School. 
Salisbury — Salisbury  School. 
Scarborough — Qu.  Margaret's   Sch. 
Seaford—^t  Mawes. 
Sevtnoaks — New  Beacon  School. 
Seven  Kings — Grammar  School, 
^■/i^^jtf— Abbeyficld  School. 
Sherborne — Acrcmen  House. 
Shoreham — Grammar  School. 
Shrewsbury — Allatto  School. 

Boys'  High  School. 

Girls'  High  SchooU 

Millmead  School. 

The  Limes. 
Sibford—Yncn^*  School. 
Sidcup— The  College. 
Slough — Langley  Place. 
Soham — Grammar  School. 
Solihull — Grammar  School. 
Scuthampton — Banister  Court. 

Boys'  High  Sca«*i. 


[30] 


LIST  OF  SCffOOLS-'Cmfii^Hgd 


5'w/^»»^w— Taunton'sTradeSch. 

Woolston  College. 
Southbamtu-oH-SM—OSSc    House 

School. 
S^uihstor—St  Bernard's  School. 
Sauik  SkUids—^ttWxot  Secondary 

School. 
Southwold—Ewtxslty  School. 

St  Felix  School. 
St  Anms — Laleham. 
Stafford— Mo».i  House  School. 
Stamford-— Gnmvaxz  SchooL 
Stockport— m^htt  Grade  School. 
Stockton-on-Tees — Secondary  Sch. 
StonekctPin — Mackie  Academy. 
Stourbridge— King  Edward  VI.  Sch. 

Secondary  School. 
StrcUford-on-Avon — King  Edward's 

School. 
Sudbury — Pupil  Teachers*  Centre. 
Sunderland— Vki,^i\  Teachers*  Cen- 
tre. 
Surhiton — Elm  House  School. 
Sutton  Coid/Uld—Gxuamaa  School. 
Sutton— Chetim  School. 

High  School  for  Boys. 
Swanage  —  Purbeck     Preparatory 
School. 

Thomhaugh  Scho(^. 

Tlwoi/tfw— King's  School, 

Queen's  College. 

Wilton  GroTc  School. 
Tenby-S^  Andrew's  School. 
Thames  (N.  Z, )— Boys'  High  School. 
7Vr«— Ruaig  Public  School. 
7)w»^r^^^<f— Ladies'  College. 

Yardley  Court. 
Totnes—G\xW  SchooL 

Girls'  High  School. 
Towcester—The  SAool. 
7>^</<^ar— Pupil  Teachers'  Centre. 
TVm^— The  Chiltern.s,  Halton. 
Trowbridge — High  School. 
Tunbridge  Wf//j— -The  School. 

Hamilton  House  School. 


7««j/a//— Victoria  Institute. 
Twickenham — Grosvenor  School. 

£/jri~Island  House  SchooL 

WakeJUUi—(jt%mmMX  SchooL 

Wallasey— YXX^x-i.-)^  Park. 

High  School  for  Girls. 
fTa^ro//— School  of  Science. 
Wantage— ¥:in:g  Alfred's  School. 
Warrington — Grammar  SchooL 

Secondary  School. 
Watford— (^r2XDxc\ix  School. 
Wellingborough — Grammar  SchooL 
Wellington  {Salop)— 0\^  Hall  Sch. 
WestBuckland—Dt^on  County  Sch. 
West  BartUpool—GixW  High  Sch. 

Technical  College. 
Weston  super  Mare — Brean  House 

School. 
Wey bridge— VJoo^tidit  School. 
Weymouth — Convent  High  SchooL 

Portmore  School. 
Whitby— UMlgt%fz  Castle. 
Whitland—Connty  School. 
Winchester  —  Diocesan     Training 
College. 

Eastman's  Royal  Naval  Academy. 

West  Downs  School. 

Win  ton  House. 
Wishaw-B^rrf  Hill  Public  Sch. 
Wokingham— Bn^h.  SchooL 

Grosvenor  School. 

Wixenford. 
Wolverhampton — Ely  House. 

Gramm&r  School. 

The  Wergs  School. 
Worcester — Llandaff  Ixjdge. 

Tredcnnyke  School. 
Workington— GM&e\d  School. 
Worthing— St  Ronan's. 

Yarmouth — Yarmouth  College. 
York — Bootham  House. 
St  Mary's  Convent. 


Adopted  by  the  London  County  CounciL 
Recommended  by  the  London  Chmmbor  of  Comm&rco, 


[ji] 


STEDMAN'S    EXAMINATION    PAPERS 

Edited   by  A.   M.   M.   Stkdman,   M.A.,   Wadham   College,   Oxford 

These  books  are  intended  for  the  use  of  teachers  and  students,  to 
supply  material  for  the  former  and  practice  for  the  latter.  The  papers 
are  carefully  graduated,  cover  the  whole  of  the  subject  usually  taught, 
and  are  intended  to  form  part  of  the  ordinary  class  work.  The  Junior 
volumes  published  at  One  Shilling  are  suitable  for  use  in  connection 
with  Methuen's  Junior  School  Books.  The  Arithmetic  and  Algebra 
volumes  are  issued  with  or  without  answers  at  the  same  price,  but 
unless  the  order  expressly  states  without  answers  copies  with  answers 
will  always  be  sent 

Specimens  may  be  obtained  by  bondjide  teacbcn  for  half  the  published 
price,  post  free. 

THE    SCHOOL    EXAMINATION    SERIES 

Crown  %vo.     2s.  6d.  each.     SpecimenSy  is.  3a.  eacA 

Febmck  Examikatiov  Papkrs  (Key,  6s.  «//) By  A.  M.  M.  Stkdman,  M.A. 

Latin  Examinatiom  Papkrs  (Key,  6s.  tu^ By  A.  M.  M.  Stboman,  M.A. 

Greek  Examination  Pafkks  (Key,  6s.  «//) By  A.  M.  M.  Stedman,  M.A. 

Germ AK  Examination  PArxKS  (Key,  6s.  tut) By  R.  J.  Mokich 

Gbnekal  Kkowi.bdgb  Examination  Papkrs  (Key,  7s.  ntt). 

By  A.  M.  M.  Stbdman,  M.A 

Histokt  an©  Gkografhy  Examination  Pafebs By  C.  H.  Spence,  M.A. 

Constitutional  Histokt  or  Englano  Examination  Fapeks. 

By  T.  J.  Plowden-Wakdlaw,  M.A. 

Physics  Examination  Pafbks By  R.  E.  Steel,  M.A. 

BooK-KKEPiHO  Examination  Papers  3s.  (Key,  2s.  6d.  ntt)  By  J.  T.  Medhubst. 
Arithmetic  Examination  Papers  (Key,  5s.  net)  ..By  C.  Penulebury,  M.A. 
Tbigonometrt  Examination  Papers  (Key,  5s.  tut)  ..By  G.  H.  Ward,  M.A. 

THE    JUNIOR    EXAMINATION    SERIES 
/ira/.  Svc.     is,  each.     Specimens y  6d.  each 

JoNiOR  French  Examination  Papers  By  F,  Jacob,  M.A. 

Junior  Latin  Examination  Papers  (Key,  3s.  6d.  net)  By  C.  G.  Botting   B.A. 

Junior  Greek  Examination  Papers By  T.  C.  Wbathekkead,  M.A. 

Junior  Arithmetic  Examination  Papers  ...^^ By  W.  S,  Beard. 

Junior  Algebra  Examination  Papers  ., By  S.  W.  Finn,  M.A. 

Junior  English  Examination  Papers By  W.  Williamson,  B.A. 

Junior  General  Inkormation  Exam.  Papers  (Key,  3s.  6d.  tiet)  By  W.  S.  Beard. 

Junior  German  Examination  Papers By  A.  Vobgelin,  M.A. 

Junior  Gkooraphy  Examikation  Papers By  W.  G.  Baker,  BA. 

TTh*  Keys  are  supplied  t6  Teachers  and  Private  Students  onlff 
$n  application  ifi  ih«  Publisktru 

{3»] 


1 

i 

: 
1 

i 

= 

i 
i 
i 

i 

1 

di 

06 

o 

OS 

s 

o 

W 

J 

University  of  Toronto 
Library 

DO  NOT         >^  •' 
REMOVE       / 
THE             1 
CARD          1 
FROM          \ 
THIS              \ 
POCKET             X 

■ 

1 

(x3 
H 
•< 
C 

\ 

i 

H 

Acme  Library  Card  Pocket 
LOWE-MARTIN  CO.  LiMliBD